ARCHIVÉ - Transcription
Cette page Web a été archivée dans le Web
L’information dont il est indiqué qu’elle est archivée est fournie à des fins de référence, de recherche ou de tenue de documents. Elle n’est pas assujettie aux normes Web du gouvernement du Canada et elle n’a pas été modifiée ou mise à jour depuis son archivage. Pour obtenir cette information dans un autre format, veuillez communiquer avec nous.
Offrir un contenu dans les deux langues officielles
Prière de noter que la Loi sur les langues officielles exige que toutes publications gouvernementales soient disponibles dans les deux langues officielles.
Afin de rencontrer certaines des exigences de cette loi, les procès-verbaux du Conseil seront dorénavant bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience et la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le participant à l'audience.
TRANSCRIPT
OF PROCEEDINGS BEFORE
THE
CANADIAN RADIO‑TELEVISION AND
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
TRANSCRIPTION
DES AUDIENCES AVANT
CONSEIL
DE LA RADIODIFFUSION
ET DES
TÉLÉCOMMUNICATIONS CANADIENNES
SUBJECT:
VARIOUS BROADCAST APPLICATIONS /
PLUSIEURS DEMANDES EN RADIODIFFUSION
HELD AT: TENUE À:
Fairmont Hotel Vancouver Fairmont Hotel Vancouver
900 West Georgia Street 900, rue Georgia O.
Vancouver, British Columbia Vancouver (C.-B.)
March 1, 2005 Le
1er mars 2005
Transcripts
In order to meet the requirements of the
Official Languages
Act, transcripts of proceedings before the
Commission will be
bilingual as to their covers, the listing of
the CRTC members
and staff attending the public hearings, and
the Table of
Contents.
However, the aforementioned publication is the
recorded
verbatim transcript and, as such, is taped and
transcribed in
either of the official languages, depending on
the language
spoken by the participant at the public
hearing.
Transcription
Afin de rencontrer les exigences de la Loi sur
les langues
officielles, les procès‑verbaux pour le
Conseil seront
bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page
couverture, la liste des
membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à
l'audience
publique ainsi que la table des matières.
Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un
compte rendu
textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel,
est enregistrée
et transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux
langues
officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée
par le
participant à l'audience publique.
Canadian
Radio‑television and
Telecommunications
Commission
Conseil
de la radiodiffusion et des
télécommunications
canadiennes
Transcript
/ Transcription
VARIOUS
BROADCAST APPLICATIONS /
PLUSIEURS
DEMANDES EN RADIODIFFUSION
BEFORE / DEVANT:
Charles Dalfen Chairperson
/ Président
Andrée Wylie Commissioner
/ Conseillère
Ronald Williams Commissioner
/ Conseillier
Joan Pennefather Commissioner / Conseillère
Stuart Langford Commissioner
/ Conseillier
ALSO PRESENT / AUSSI PRÉSENTS:
Pierre Lebel Secretary / Secrétaire
Alistair Stewart Legal Counsel /
Conseillers juridiques
Joe Aguiar Hearing
Manager /
Gérant de l'audience
HELD AT: TENUE
À:
Fairmont Hotel Vancouver Fairmont Hotel Vancouver
900 West Georgia Street 900, rue Georgia O.
Vancouver, British Columbia Vancouver (C.-B.)
March 1, 2005 Le
1er mars 2005
TABLE DES
MATIÈRES / TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE /
PARA
PHASE I (cont.)
PRESENTATION BY / PRÉSENTATION PAR:
Radio India (2004) Inc. 257 / 1703
CHUM Limited 320
/ 2036
I.T. Productions Ltd. 401 / 2487
Mainstream Broadcasting Corporation 471 / 2982
Newlife Communications Inc. 545 / 3440
Vancouver,
B.C. / Vancouver (C.‑B.)
‑‑‑ Upon
commencing on Tuesday, March 1, 2005 at 0830 /
L'audience débute le mardi 1 mars 2005 à 0830
1697 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order, please. Order, s'il vous plait.
1698 Mr.
Secretary, would you call the next item, please.
1699 MR.
LeBEL: Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Item 4 on the agenda is an application by
Radio India (2004) Ltd. for a licence to operate a commercial specialty FM
ethnic radio programming undertaking in Vancouver.
1700 The
new station would operate on frequency 93.1 megahertz on channel 226C1, with an
average effective radiated power of 4,100 watts.
1701 Mr.
Vic Sanghera will represent the applicant and he will introduce his colleagues.
1702 You
have 20 minutes to make your presentation.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
1703 MR.
SANGHERA: Thank you, sir.
1704 Firstly,
I'd like to thank the Commission for your accommodation yesterday. Mr. Gill is feeling much better. Thank you.
1705 Good
morning, Mr. Chair, Madam Vice‑Chair, members of the Commission, and
Commission staff. My name is Vic
Sanghera, and I'm the Operations Manager of Radio India (2004) Ltd.
1706 Before
we start our presentation in chief, we would like to introduce our team. Just one note before starting. You will find that the same family name
comes up frequently. The only family
relationship within this group is between myself and Maninder Gill, who is my
uncle.
1707 To
my left is Mr. Maninder Gill, the controlling shareholder of Radio India (2004)
Ltd. Mr. Gill has been active in the
cultural life of the South Asian community since he arrived in Canada at 16
years of age. He has been a concert
promoter, a record label owner, a producer of television and radio programming,
and, most recently, the Managing Director of Radio India 1600 AM.
1708 To
his left is Mrs. Gaytri Kaul, who provides Hindi programming with a particular
focus on family, health, and culture.
She was involved in women's literacy and health training in India. Since her arrival in Canada in 1989, she has
pursued her interest in music and has become active in radio. She has been an on‑air host since
1995. In addition to English, she
speaks Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi, Bengali, Telegu, Kashmiri, and Gujarati.
1709 To
my right is Tom Gill. Tom is a
Certified Management Accountant and the CFO for the Coast Foundation. He was responsible for the preparation of
our financial statements.
1710 Beside
Tom is Ashiana Khan, who typifies the diversity of our community. With an Afghani father and Indian mother,
she was born in England and educated in Fiji.
She is fluent in Hindi, Urdu, English, Punjabi, and Arabic and can also
speak Pashtu. As our Business Manager,
she makes sure everything works, and she hosts a daily Hindi program and hosts
Urdu programs as well. She is also our
computer whiz, making sure that our systems work.
1711 In
the second row, at your left, is someone we are looking forward to welcoming to
our team if the licence is granted.
Irene Yatco is the publisher and editor in chief of the Filipino
Journal, the newspaper that links Vancouver's Filipino community to the
world. Educated in commerce and
accounting, she is an accomplished businessperson with interests in restaurants
and import and export. With experience
in Vancouver as a radio host, Ms Yatco will program our daily Filipino
program. Her experience in promoting
concerts makes her an excellent choice to administer our CTD initiatives in her
community.
1712 Beside
Irene is Gurpreet Singh. Gurpreet holds
a Master's degree in Communications and has worked as a print and broadcast
journalist for the past 8 years. In
addition to his news and public affairs programs with Radio India, he is a
columnist for the Surrey Now weekly and a correspondent for the Indian
Express. He is also the author of the
book, Terrorism: Punjab's Recurring
Nightmare.
1713 Next
to Mr. Singh is our regulatory counsel, Mr. Jon Festinger of Koffman
Kalef. Jon needs no introduction to the
Commission after his lengthy career as a broadcast lawyer and as a broadcast
operator.
1714 Beside
Jon is another person we will add to our team permanently if we are fortunate
enough to receive this licence. Mr.
Ramin Mahjouri will program our daily Persian language program and administer
our Canadian talent development initiative for his community. He holds a degree in Communications from
Concordia and is the Vancouver editor of Paivand, a weekly Persian
newspaper. He hosts two Persian
programs on the Shaw multicultural channel, one public affairs and one musical,
and has hosted a one‑hour radio program for the last 6 years.
1715 Next
to Ramin is Dalbir Gill, who hosts two weekend programs of popular music, one
in Punjabi and one in Hindi. He also
serves as the supervisor of our music programming. Dalbir holds a bachelor's degree from the University of New Delhi
and has worked in theatre in India. For
the past 13 years, he has worked in radio and television in the Vancouver area,
mostly producing and hosting entertainment programs.
1716 In
the third row, at your left, is Sukminder Singh Cheema. Sukminder is the chief journalist of the
station, and he hosts our morning public affairs programs. He started his journalistic career in Punjab
in the 1980s as a reporter for two of the largest Punjabi newspapers. Since his arrival in Canada in 1988, he has
worked in both the English and Indo‑Canadian press and provides reporting
for the Vancouver Province on events in the South Asian community. He is an accredited member of the Canadian
Association of Journalists and the Canadian correspondent for a number of
newspapers around the world.
1717 Beside
Mr. Singh is Rakesh Chand, who hosts our daily drive‑home Fijian program,
"Drive Time with Rockin' Rakesh."
Mr. Rakesh has over 15 years of experience in producing and hosting
radio programs in the Lower Mainland.
1718 Beside
Rakesh is Omendra Singh, who is responsible for preparing our daily 10‑minute
Fijian newscast. He holds a diploma in
journalism and a degree in Business from Simon Fraser University. In addition to his work at the station, Mr.
Singh is the publisher and editor of the Asian Star.
1719 At
the right of the table are two consultants instrumental in getting us
here. Kerry Wicks is President and CEO
of Mediastats, a firm well known in the broadcasting industry and to the
Commission. She supervised the
preparation of our three research studies.
1720 Next
to Kerry is John Matthews of Promethean Electronics who prepared our technical
brief.
1721 We
are now ready to start our presentation in chief. We have provided you with a chart showing the name of each person
and where they are sitting.
1722 We
are here today hoping to move to the next stage in our development. Our team has worked hard and is ready to be
entrusted an FM licence to serve Vancouver and the Lower Mainland. Radio India's four years of operations have
taught us what the community needs, wants, and how to deliver it. In each year, we have enriched the service
we provide to the South Asian community.
We look forward to maintaining our existing level of service while
improving and expanding it.
1723 To
tell you a bit more about the company and its development, I would now like to
call on Maninder Gill.
1724 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Thank you, Vic.
1725 Good
morning, Mr. Chair, Madam Vice‑Chair, Commissioners, counsel, and CRTC
staff.
1726 I
am proud to be here today with this team of dedicated and experienced
broadcasters. Together we have
developed the best and most popular South Asian radio service in British
Columbia.
1727 We
have the experience, we have the passion, and we have the plans to provide a
high‑quality stereo FM service to Vancouver and the Lower Mainland. Our research shows that we are the most
listened to South Asian radio station with over half of the community listening
to us daily and another quarter listening several times per week.
1728 I
have had much experience as a radio and television producer of South Asian
programming in B.C. In the late 1990s,
our community was frustrated because of the lack of local over‑the‑air
programming. At that time, it seemed
that there were no Canadian AM or FM frequencies available in Vancouver.
1729 A
number of local businesspeople looked for ways to serve our community and
developed SCMO channels. However, they
did not provide a quality signal.
1730 When
an opportunity to lease time from an American station came along, I moved to
provide service along with some partners.
But we also continued to explore means to become Canadian licensees,
including several attempts to purchase Canadian stations. When Industry Canada changed its protection
rules, we were able to make an application for a Canadian station.
1731 Radio
India (2004) is a new company, bringing together the existing studio and other
resources of Radio India with my additional investment to fund it.
1732 Ashiana?
1733 MS KHAN: Thank you, Maninderji. Good morning, everyone.
1734 Unlike
many other ethnic stations, Radio India does not broker its programming. We are a commercial radio station with news,
sales, programming, and business departments.
1735 Our
conviction, gathered from experience, is that we need to provide quality
programming to all the communities we serve.
This approach is not just good for the community; it is good for our
business.
1736 From
an operation with five employees in 2000, the station has evolved to 23
employees, of whom 17 are full time.
The nature of the service has continued to be enriched. Every year has seen the addition of new
features, including daily Fijian programming, a women's talk show, youth
programming and much more.
1737 News
is a key part of our operations at Radio India. The Mediastats consumer research confirms our own market
knowledge. The four highest rated
categories of programming were: news from the home country, news about the
Vancouver South Asian community, information about Canada, and news about the
South Asian community across Canada.
1738 To
tell you about our proposals for news, here is Gurpreet Singh.
1739 MR.
GURPREET SINGH: Thank you,
Ashiana. Good morning, everybody.
1740 Our
current four‑member news team provides seven local news bulletins each
day. Each bulletin is at least 10
minutes long. Four of our local
bulletins are in Punjabi, two are in Hindi, and one is in the Fijian
language. We propose to add daily 10‑minute
Urdu, Filipino, and Farsi news bulletins.
1741 Our
local South Asian newscasts cover the full range of local, regional, and
national events. They are supplemented
by two live newscasts from India each day, one dealing with events in Punjab
and the other from the rest of the country.
1742 Our
journalists have extensive experience in news‑gathering, writing, and
editing. Our resources are
significant. We have connections to the
major Lower Mainland ethnic and mainstream newspapers. We are often invited by mainstream media to
comment on community issues.
1743 We
are now at the point that we have the capacity to be up to the minute, breaking
local, national, and international news.
Our emphasis is on immediate and breaking stories along with the major
news events of the day in the Lower Mainland.
This includes interviews with newsmakers.
1744 With
our stringers and correspondents across Canada, in the U.S., U.K., and India,
we can provide timely coverage of events across our country and around the
world.
1745 And
now to tell you about our public affairs program, here is my colleague, Gaytri
Kaul.
1746 MS KAUL: Thank you, Gurpreet, and good afternoon,
Commissioners.
1747 We
deal with community events of all kinds in our public affairs programs. While some might call them open‑line
programs, in fact they are more discussion programs with opportunities for
listeners to participate.
1748 For
example, Mr. Cheema's morning news program contains interviews and discussions
with guests and the audience. Gurpreet
Singh's evening program uses a similar format, with less emphasis on news and
more on discussion. We cover everything
from community and national politics, health and lifestyle issues, and culture
and the arts.
1749 Ashiana's
Hindi‑language program Aap Ki Pasand, the Urdu program Awaaze Pakistan,
our women's talk show, and our proposed English‑language youth talk show
all deal with a wide variety of issues and use many formats. We usually try to have an expert guest who
can provide guidance to our listeners, and we seek out our audience's input.
1750 One
thing that we should point out is how multilingual our community is. Most of the South Asians on this team understand
and speak several Indian languages, as do most South Asians. It often happens, during our programs, that
someone calls in with a question in English, Punjabi, Hindi, Gujarati, Bengali,
or Kashmiri. Most South Asians
appreciate Bollywood music and Punjabi pop music. This means that the smaller South Asian communities already enjoy
our programming.
1751 Before
we started, call‑in shows in our community were chaotic at best, based on
the host's opinions and often lacking focus.
On the SCMO stations before our arrival, callers would leap from subject
to subject, and it was not unknown for abusive and vulgar language to be used.
1752 We
have worked hard to educate our listeners to the rules of professional radio,
and we religiously repeat these rules:
1753 1. The caller must stick to the topic being
discussed;
1754 2. There must be no vulgar or otherwise abusive
language;
1755 3. Remarks putting down another language group,
race, or religion are not tolerated, nor are sexist remarks.
1756 Unfortunately,
we have had to use our 7‑second delay from time to time.
1757 We
do not shy away from controversy.
Recent programs have included conflicts in the Sikh temples and same‑sex
marriage. The discussion, although
sometimes heated, must stay within the bounds.
1758 Of
course, we also play a wide range of music.
1759 I
would now ask Dalbir Gill to speak about our music programming.
1760 MR.
DALBIR GILL: Thank you, Gaytri.
1761 Good
morning to you all.
1762 The
Indian subcontinent and its diaspora have a rich and diverse musical
history. At Radio India we try to
capture as much of it as possible, as well as being in touch with how that
music has evolved here.
1763 While
many of our spoken‑word programs include some music, we focus on musical
efforts in a number of specific programs.
They play music ranging from classical Indian and Pakistani music to
Bollywood film and other pop music, folk and traditional Bhangra, and even fusion
between hip‑hop and Bhangra music.
1764 As
you may know, Surrey is the centre of a growing South Asian music
industry. Maninder Gill has played a
big role in developing the careers of local artists. His commitment results in lots of airplay for local acts.
1765 We
track our music, and I am proud to say that we regularly exceed 10 percent
Canadian content. The music comes from
a variety of Canadian labels, such as Maninder Gill's Raja Entertainers, Sargam
International Promotions, Latti Entertainment, Golden Star Video, the Video
Shop, Music Waves, and Shammi Entertainers.
1766 Vic?
1767 MR.
SANGHERA: Thank you, Dalbir.
1768 As
you can see, we have put in place the systems and we have the resources to be a
critical programming success, and this has resulted in sales growth for our
station. We know how to sell in the
South Asian retail community. Many of
our producers also sell sponsorship of their programs, as well as individual
advertising spots, and Mr. Gill is a one‑man sales machine.
1769 The
Mediastats advertiser study confirmed our own experience: The South Asian retail community uses radio,
and advertisers will expand their budgets to advertise on FM. Our operating results speak for
themselves. In our first year of
operations, in three months in the year 2000, our total revenues were under
$80,000. In 2004, they surpassed our
most optimistic hopes.
1770 While
we have been successful with advertisers of South Asian origin, we have had
more difficulty getting through to mainstream advertisers, both local and
national. Part of the resistance is
that we don't have a measurable audience.
Further, these advertisers do not perceive us as being here for the long
haul, nor do they see us as a Canadian station ‑‑ yet. This application, in addition to giving us
better technical coverage and stereo sound in Vancouver and the Lower Mainland,
will help deal with some of the reasons why mainstream advertisers may not
choose our station.
1771 South
Asian advertisers know we are popular because they see immediate results when
they advertise, whether through on‑site at their businesses or by spot
sales; but convincing Save‑on Foods, Zeller's, or B.C. Lotteries to
advertise with us is more difficult.
They have no way to know if their investment is a good one, nor do they
know if the rates charged are appropriate.
1772 The
application process has also showed us a way to address this measurement
issue. The consumer research for
Mediastats has shown the extent of our success program by program. With this kind of information, we can fine‑tune
our programming as well as show advertisers that their money would be well
spent on us. We expect to do regular
surveys to ensure that we meet audience and advertiser expectations.
1773 When
we started this project, we recognized that receiving a Canadian licence would
require us to meet the broad service requirement of the ethnic policy. As Gaytri Kaul noted, the multilingual
nature of many South Asians means that our Punjabi, Hindi, Urdu, and Fijian
program is already attractive to many of the smaller groups, but at the same
time, they have needs to speak to themselves as communities, and we decided
that it would be appropriate to provide them with a weekly program that would
zero in on their specific needs.
1774 We
also decided that we needed to identify other underserved communities that
would be compatible with us and which merited additional service.
1775 We
asked Mediastats for three studies: The
consumer and advertising studies I have already mentioned and a demographic
model. The demographic model
demonstrated that the South Asian communities were the most underserved and
that there were also other underserved communities. In choosing which of these groups to serve, we were guided by a
number of additional factors:
1776 1. We wanted to provide a meaningful level of
service;
1777 2. We looked for the degree of demand in the
community. For example, existing SCMO
services, television programs, and newspapers;
1778 Finally,
we wanted programmers with experience, credibility, and connections.
1779 We
finally decided on two groups: The
Farsi‑speaking community, which includes Persians and some Afghanis, and
the Filipino community. We decided that
we needed to provide significant service to each and to support the development
of new talent.
1780 I
would now like to introduce Irene Yatco, our Filipino programmer.
1781 MS YATCO: Good morning.
1782 When
Radio India approached me, I was excited about the prospects of a daily program
for our community. I know the interest
in this from Filipinos, as I am the editor‑publisher of the Philippine
Journal and I've hosted a radio program in the past.
1783 My
daily magazine program will provide the news of our community here in
Vancouver, around Canada, and in the Philippines, as well as a discussion of
community issues. Thanks to the
journal, there is already an infrastructure in place to ensure this.
1784 Filipinos
are very active musically, particularly based in our choirs. Winnipeg, Toronto, and Vancouver all have
strong musical activity, and my program Balitang Pinoy will give voice to them,
as well as music from home.
1785 I
am particularly pleased by the commitment of $15,000 per year for a Filipino
music contest. I expect that this will
culminate in a free concert at our Philippines Day festivities in the month of
August. I am one of the organizers of
that event, and our board is excited about the possibilities.
1786 Radio
India also proposes to ensure the active participation of our youth with other
visible minority youth in a weekly talk show, and a journalism scholarship will
be available to all groups they serve.
1787 Ramin?
1788 MR.
MAHJOURI: Thank you, Irene.
1789 The
Iranian community in Vancouver is the second largest in Canada and one of the
least represented. The population here
is estimated at over 50,000 people.
1790 Our
newspaper Paivand is published weekly in Vancouver and is also distributed in
Victoria, Calgary, Montreal, Toronto, and Ottawa. Our existing infrastructure will ensure that our daily magazine
program will provide a wide range of programming for a growing community.
1791 My
existing radio program is only one hour per week, and essentially a phone‑in
discussion program. I'm looking forward
to broadcasting music and other cultural content with an hour per day
available.
1792 Even
more importantly, having a daily program enables us to provide our community
with much needed up‑to‑date news on a daily basis. I expect that the existing advertising sales
effort that our paper makes will be augmented by cooperation in radio sales,
and I'm looking forward to efforts to reach mainstream advertisers with our
story.
1793 Lastly,
we also will have a musical competition, and our culminating event will be
during the celebration of Persian New Year, which is in March.
1794 MR.
SANGHERA: Of course, our CTD efforts
provide a significant amount of money for the South Asian community as
well. Over $50,000 each year to promote
new South Asian acts. With Maninder's
international music connections and the money for CD and video production, we
expect a few new international stars from Surrey, Abbotsford, and Vancouver
will join the likes of Gill Hardip and K.S. Makhan.
1795 In
all, we propose to devote $100,000 each year to Canadian talent development,
all but $3,000 to be spent on local initiatives. This is more money to local musical talent than any other
applicant.
1796 We
would now like to show you a short video about Radio India.
‑‑‑ Video
presentation / Présentation vidéo
1797 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Mr. Chairman, members of
the Commission, we have come a long way in the past four years. From a mostly Punjabi service, we have
developed a strong theme that provides news, public affairs, and a wide variety
of music programming in four languages.
1798 Our
own research, and that of other applicants, demonstrate the support of the
community for our present service. The
many interventions from community leaders, politicians, musicians, and others
show that our proposal has found favour in that community.
1799 We
have found a way to be financially viable, not by brokering or charging
community groups a fee for access to our air waves; rather, quality programming
and strong community service have made us the most trusted group in South Asian
radio. We are experienced and are a
serious radio broadcaster, here for the long haul. We are ready to be entrusted with this licence. Our existing team and our new colleagues
will make you proud of what we can accomplish as a Canadian licensee.
1800 Thank
you. We are ready to answer your
questions.
1801 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
1802 Commissioner
Williams.
1803 Go
ahead.
1804 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Mr. Chair, I would like
to bring to your kind attention that my English is not that strong, but if I
don't understand your question, I am going to ask Vic to explain to me in
Punjabi, and then I will give you an answer in English.
1805 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Good morning, Mr. Gill, and
Radio India panelists.
1806 Of
course, some of the questions I'm going to touch on have been touched on by
your opening remarks at some level, but I'd like to just explore quite a few of
the areas in a little more detail just so we can more fully understand your
application.
1807 A
few general questions, perhaps, just to get started.
1808 Where
is Radio India located?
1809 MR.
SANGHERA: It's located in Surrey, B.C.
1810 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Surrey, B.C.? Could you please describe your business
operation and facilities. How do you
operate from Surrey, say, without benefit of a licence?
1811 MR.
SANGHERA: We initiate our programming
in Surrey, and we have leased time on KVRI 1600 AM, a station in Washington
State, Blaine, Washington State. We
send our programming to that station, and they are in charge of broadcasting
it.
1812 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What percentage of your
revenues come from the Vancouver or Lower Mainland region?
1813 MR.
SANGHERA: All of them.
1814 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: If your application is
successful, how will your business operations change? Where will you go from there?
Say, for example, would you continue your current AM operation, or would
you modify it, sell it, close it down?
1815 MR.
SANGHERA: When we started this
application, we had initially asked to broadcast on two transmitters, 93.1 and
88.5 FM. It was our understanding that
93.1 FM does not cover the entire Lower Mainland region. Many South Asians and other ethnic communities
are living in Abbotsford and the other Fraser Valley communities. Because of a technicality on our part, that
second frequency is not being heard at this licence, and I would like,
actually, John Matthews to talk more about that first.
1816 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: While he gets ready for that,
what would happen with the U.S. station?
1817 MR.
SANGHERA: Our plans with the U.S.
station are following: If we're awarded
the licence, 93.1, firstly, we're going to come back right away, as soon as
possible, to get the retransmitter.
1818 One
of the disadvantages of 1600 AM is that the signal is not clear at night in
some of the communities. So the purpose
of moving to FM would be to provide a clearer signal and also serve all the
communities. Our intentions are to
simulcast for 6 months on 1600 AM so that a new company could not come and take
over our operations, because it is our belief that 1600 AM is here for the long
haul as well.
1819 So
our intentions are to keep the station for 6 months, simulcast with our new
station, and after that, it will move our operations to 93.1 forward.
1820 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Basically, after 6 months,
there's no U.S. AM station?
1821 MR.
SANGHERA: On our part, yes. I don't know what we'll have to do with the
station.
1822 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. Mr. Matthews?
1823 MR.
MATTHEWS: Thank you, Commissioner
Williams.
1824 The
problem on 1600 AM is one that you will also see when you hear the applicants
for 1200 AM here in Vancouver. Even
daytime coverage into Abbotsford is week, but nighttime coverage is, on some of
those frequencies, nonexistent.
1825 On
the FM applications you're hearing, you will see that the FM signal is not
interference‑free as you move east, into the east end of Surrey even, let
alone Langley, Aldergrove, and Abbotsford.
1826 My
mission here ‑‑ my client has asked me to provide a service
which can be inclusive of all the South Asian populations throughout the Lower
Mainland. It's really a question of
inclusivity rather than anything that would seriously affect the business
plan. The numbers are significant but
not huge in those communities.
1827 I
would refer to Kerry Wicks for population numbers in those affected areas.
1828 Our
notion was to apply on two FM frequencies in order to provide inclusive
service. Obviously, we can't talk much
about what we would like to do on that second FM service as it's not before you
now, but if you would indulge me a little, I would say that we're simply dealing
with timing issues there, more than anything.
We had last‑minute objections from two licensees that stood to be
affected somewhat by interference; and in both cases, we believe we have dealt
with those objections in a timely manner, but certainly not in time to receive
a technical authorization from Industry Canada.
1829 So
what we would propose to do on that Abbotsford frequency is, if given the
Vancouver licence, to set up a temporary authorization through Industry Canada
and work with CHEK‑TV to establish parameters that could be used on 88.5
megahertz to serve Abbotsford and communities west of Abbotsford as much as
possible. So we would certainly be
coming back to you with a subsequent application in order to provide that inclusive
service.
1830 You
have been provided maps that we hope explain the interference issue in the
Vancouver market, and you've already heard from other applicants that there is
serious first adjacent interference from a full‑power Class C station
operating on the American side, just one channel away, and we're, I guess,
somewhat optimistic that, on better radios, the Vancouver FM frequency will be
able to provide service which is somewhat inclusive in Surrey, but I don't
think you're going to hear from anyone that that Vancouver frequency is able to
provide service in Langley or Aldergrove or Abbotsford, or points further
east. That is our motive for applying
on that second frequency.
1831 MR.
SANGHERA: So, to sum up your question,
if we are granted this FM licence, 93.1, we will do simulcast on 1600 AM and,
again, we will come back right away with 88.5 frequency to cover the additional
communities that 1600 AM covers currently.
1832 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you, Mr. Sanghera.
1833 If
your application is unsuccessful, what would your business plan be going
forward?
1834 MR.
SANGHERA: If our application is
unsuccessful, we have been providing quality program service to the South Asian
community for the last four years.
We've grown by leaps and bounds over the last four years. We are heavily involved in fund‑raising. We are heavily involved in news, which we
know is very important to the South Asian community. Our business plan would be to continue 1600 AM, as is, with some
expansion to ‑‑ keeping in mind that our assumptions are that
you are going to license two stations at this hearing, one AM, one FM.
1835 There
will be significant competition for us, but we feel that the quality of our
programming and the quality of our team here before you today, we will provide
excellent programming and will continue to do so in the future.
1836 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. The comparison of the current Radio India
schedule from your web site with your proposed FM schedule shows that about 79
percent of the programs between 6 a.m. and midnight would be reproduced on the
FM station.
1837 Would
I be correct in assuming that the program producers associated with these
existing shows would transfer to the new FM station?
1838 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes.
1839 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: About 21 percent of the
broadcast week would be made up of programs that would be new to Radio India
and you have stated there would be no brokered programming. How will you recruit the producers that you
need for the new shows? Will they
already be experienced broadcasters, specifically with experience in the
area? Will they have contracts with
Radio India, or will they be station employees? Just tell us a bit about that part of your business.
1840 MR.
SANGHERA: Sure. We already have programmers in place for
every program that we are proposing.
Most of the programs proposed, we are already practicing. Our Filipino programmer is here, our Persian
programmer is here, and, as mentioned, Gaytri speaks many languages. So some of the languages that you see,
Bengali and Gujarati, she also speaks those languages. She has experience in broadcasting. She will be programming those shows. So there will be no brokerage, and we do
have the programmers in place, with experience.
1841 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And they're employees as
opposed to contractors?
1842 MR.
SANGHERA: That's correct.
1843 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Your program schedule shows a
program named Samajam on Tuesday evenings at 11 p.m. There's no direct reference to it in your table in section 7.12
of the application. But there is a
reference to one‑hour programming in Malayalam for Indians of South
Indian origin. Is Samajam the title of
the Malayalam program?
1844 MR.
SANGHERA: That's a printing
mistake. Samajam is the name of the
program. Malayalam is the community
targeted.
1845 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. In assessing the overall merits of your
application, the Commission may wish to impose upon you conditions of licence
related to your proposed levels of ethnic and third‑language
programming. In your case, this would
represent at least 90 percent ethnic programming and at least 90 percent third‑language
programming each week.
1846 Would
you be willing to adhere to these weekly levels as a condition of licence?
1847 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, we would be willing to
adhere to these, and as you would note, our program schedule actually has 98
percent, so we would allow for the flexibility, the remaining 8 percent, to
allow for our youth talk show, and also for future cross‑cultural
programming that we may intend to do.
Further, for our evening talk show, we propose to have experts and
guests in every field, and as you can appreciate, some of those guests might
not speak the languages that we speak, so their translation would be done;
however, they would be speaking in English.
1848 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. Additionally, would you be prepared to
accept a condition of licence that is reflective of the ethnic programming
contained in your application for service in the predominant languages
listed? Specifically, would you be
prepared to accept a condition of licence that a minimum of 68 percent of all
ethnic programming broadcast each week would be directed in the Punjabi and
Hindi languages?
1849 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, we would be willing to
accept the condition of licence, and as our programming schedule notes, 67.5
percent of our program is directed towards the communities you mentioned.
1850 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So would 67.5 be more
appropriate than 68 then or ...
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
1851 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, 68 percent we ‑‑
1852 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Sixty‑eight percent
you ‑‑
1853 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, we do.
1854 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I notice that in your
supplementary brief, you've indicated a willingness to abide by a conditional
licence that would prohibit broadcasting in any of the Chinese languages. Are there any other commitments that you'd
be willing to commit to as a condition of licence that would serve to maintain
the nature of the ethnic programming service that you're proposing?
1855 MR.
SANGHERA: We do commit to broadcasting
no Chinese languages. We understand
that as part of the broad service requirement, the Commission would like that
service not be duplicated, and as you are aware, three ethnic stations do
significantly serve the Chinese community so, yes, we would agree to that.
1856 We
would also agree to 10 percent Canadian content in our programming. We are currently doing that already on our
station, and we would definitely commit to that.
1857 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: As set out in the
Commission's ethnic broadcasting policy, a primary responsibility of ethnic
broadcasters relates to their ability to serve and reflect their community's
and their station's local programming.
1858 We
note your application plans to monitor your success by reflecting the community
by repeating the consumer survey performed for you by Mediastats. If you are awarded a 7‑year licence,
when do you think you would commission the first such follow‑up survey,
and would you repeat the survey one or more times before the expiry of your
first licence?
1859 MR.
SANGHERA: As mentioned, we will follow
up with that survey, and I would suspect that definitely within the first year,
we would do our next survey, and we would continue to do a survey each and
every year.
1860 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So an annual survey?
1861 MR.
SANGHERA: An annual survey, yes ‑‑
at least.
1862 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Give me some idea of the
types of questions you'd be asking in this survey.
1863 MR.
SANGHERA: Sure. I can refer this question to Miss Kerry
Wicks.
1864 MS WICKS: Thank you, Vic.
1865 I
would probably recommend that we would do questions along the line of qualitative
surveying, also comparing the different types of programming on the air,
reaffirming that we are still popular with our listeners. The breakdown of the news; do people like
the way we've divided news between news from home country, news from Canada, news
from B.C. and local news? If Radio
India did pursue some cross‑cultural programming, of course we would want
to explore that.
1866 Again,
these would be my recommendations to my client.
1867 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Depending on the answers, the
type of answers that you get to your survey, what kind of actions do you
envision taking to improve or enhance the reflection of local issues and
concerns in your programming? Have you
thought ahead to that?
1868 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes. We will depend significantly on these
research surveys.
1869 When
we did our first survey, we were sure that the South Asian communities are
heavily reliant on news. However, this
survey confirmed our initial understanding.
Based on that, we plan on continuing a significant level of news service
to the community.
1870 Again,
depending on each year of the survey, the recommendations, we will look closely
at or work closely with those recommendations to broadcast our programming.
1871 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I'm going to move into the
area of Canadian talent development now.
1872 MR.
SANGHERA: Sure.
1873 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I notice that one of your
Canadian talent development projects is to give $7,000 to a local dance school
to underwrite the costs incurred by their students in travelling to dance
competitions in the U.S.
1874 Will
you have any oversight concerning how the money will be allocated by the
school? For instance, will this school
be reporting the names of the recipients each year to the station?
1875 MR.
SANGHERA: The dance school that we have
in mind for the first year, Trinjin, Punjabi Folk Academy, is currently already
active in competitions all over North America.
We would be providing them with additional ‑‑ this
money would be in addition to what they are already spending, so they have the
expertise in knowing where this money needs to go and we would just follow up
with that.
1876 Maninder
would like to speak.
1877 MR.
MANINDER GILL: We are giving you this
commitment, but our past history shows, in the last 25 years, I produced more
than 15 singers from Vancouver, music directors, musicians, film artists, so I
have lots of experience and I am helping these artists, and they're world‑wide,
well‑known now. Thanks.
1878 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. So you'll have ‑‑ I don't
want to use the word "audit," but you'll have a way of verifying who
the recipients actually were?
1879 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, we will be doing follow‑up
with the dance school, and it will be a different dance school every year. Just because there are so many different
aspects of the South Asian communities, different dance schools, different
traditional folk singing, so we would be allocating that to different dance
schools and we would be following up with an informal audit.
1880 MR.
MANINDER GILL: We do a yearly concert
since the last 25 years in Vancouver, since we started Radio India. So we do a free‑of‑charge
concert every year in Surrey, so almost more than 20,000, 25,000 people gather
and enjoy that event.
1881 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. You intend to provide $15,000 to each of the
winners in the South Asian talent contest for studio recording time to produce
a CD. How will the CDs be used by the
winners in advancing their careers?
What will they be doing with these CDs?
1882 MR.
SANGHERA: The $15,000 ‑‑
you're referring to the CD production?
1883 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes.
1884 MR.
SANGHERA: Okay. The $15,000 is actually for the producing of
the master copy. So that money is
allocated to studio time, recording time, and musicians, yes.
1885 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Can you tell me what this
master copy would be used for and also what the videos would be used for?
1886 MR.
SANGHERA: The promotion of the
artist. The video is our cost and
helping promote the first album that the artist comes up with. The CD, once produced, it won't have
anything to do with Radio India; it will totally be the artist's CD. So it will be up to the artist, what he
plans on doing with that CD, where he plans on going with it?
1887 Maninder?
1888 MR.
MANINDER GILL: I have lots of
experience in producing albums and CDs.
I have produced so far, in the last so many years, more than 175 albums,
including local talent. We have lots of
experience here, in the U.K., Pakistan, and India as well.
1889 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. The winners of the Filipino and Persian
talent contest would receive $6,500 for the production of a CD and 500 copies. What use would the winners have for this
prize? How would they use this prize?
1890 MR.
SANGHERA: I would refer to Ramin for
the Persian music contest and Irene for the Filipino contest.
1891 MR.
MAHJOURI: Well, right now, in
Vancouver, we are suffering from a talent drain. Most of our talent has moved down south to Los Angeles. Vancouver is a very fruitful city in terms
of artists, both in traditional music and more modern, pop music.
1892 Doing
what I do ‑‑ TV, radio, and newspaper ‑‑ I'm
often asked by musicians and artists, they call and ask if I can produce their
CDs, and I say I can't. If they have a
CD, we can play it on the radio, and if they have a video, we can show it on
TV. So there's a great need for Iranian
artists to be promoted that way.
1893 We're
thinking, with this generous offer from Radio India and this money allocated,
the artists can produce a CD and video, whereby we can promote them.
1894 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
1895 MR.
SANGHERA: Irene?
1896 MS YATCO: It is a well‑known fact in the
community, in the Filipino community, that there is a wealth of talents. Unfortunately, they have no means to move
forward with their talents, and this generous offer from Radio India will
provide that vehicle for some of the talents to be able to make use of their
talent.
1897 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. As a result of Industry Canada's denial of
your application for a technical certificate for the establishment of a
transmitter in the Abbotsford market ‑‑ we talked about it a
bit earlier ‑‑ am I to assume that these are your revised
financial projections for a 7‑year licence term that reflects a change to
your service area, and that your new Canadian talent development figures are
the ones that we are to use?
1898 MR.
SANGHERA: Tom can answer this.
1899 MR.
TOM GILL: Mr. Commissioner, just
before I start, many of my responses today will be referring to that same
amended statement that you have before you, and, yes, the Canadian development
talent to increase allocation to $100,000 does reflect our correspondence from
December 15, 2004.
1900 You
will also note that document includes just a summary of highlights for the
financial operations, Schedule 4.4, "Summary of Assumptions," and
Schedule 5.5, the methodology that we used.
1901 So
in response to your question to the Abbotsford market, again, our model is a
very conservative model. It's based on
what we currently do. We are very
successful in what we are doing right now.
The loss or the potential loss of the Abbotsford market is very nominal
to minimal. So I would not assume that
there's any revenues that need to be taken out of this model to accommodate
that last request for denial of licence for the second FM station.
1902 MR.
SANGHERA: Just to add to that, the loss
is mostly in listenership, in quality of listening for the audiences.
1903 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Let's talk about that for a
minute. What portion of your projected
audience tuning do you believe will be generated from KVRI as well as KRPI, Radio
Punjab, which currently transmits from Washington state as well? Your new tuning, where is it going to come
from, which portion of your audience?
1904 MR.
SANGHERA: The new tuning of our
audience comes mostly from Radio India current listeners. We're going to transfer our current
operations to the FM ‑‑
1905 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Within the 6 months.
1906 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, within the 6
months. So we're projected to take over
our listening audience.
1907 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So it's purely your listening
audience, or do you hope to attract other audiences.
1908 MR.
SANGHERA: Oh, we definitely hope to
attract other audiences. Moving to the
FM band, music is going to be stereo sound, so we will have an advantage in
that regard. Again, as I mentioned
before, we are assuming that there will be a successful AM incumbent in this
hearing as well, so keeping that in mind, listeners, depending on programming,
quality of programming, is where projections lead to.
1909 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. In your deficiency responses, further along
the same area here, dated 15 December '04, you indicate that approximately 70
percent of your year 1 advertising revenues be generated from existing
services, of which 65 percent would be from your service transmitted from
Washington state.
1910 As
a point of clarification, is this 65 percent of total revenue, or 65 percent of
your out‑of‑market services.
An example: 45 percent of year 1
projected revenue?
1911 MR.
TOM GILL: Sorry. Can you repeat the question?
1912 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Sure. In a reply to us on the 15th of December,
2004, you indicate that approximately 70 percent of your year 1 advertising
revenues would be generated from existing services, of which 65 percent would
be from your service transferred from Washington state.
1913 As
a point of clarification, is this 65 percent of total revenues or 65 percent of
your out‑of‑market services?
1914 MR.
TOM GILL: It is 65 percent of Radio
India ‑‑ 65 percent will be of current Radio India revenues. So we are allocating new radio advertising
to be 10 percent and also incremental spending by existing radio advertisers,
10 percent, and advertising directed from other media, such as newspapers, to
be 10 percent.
1915 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So that's 95 percent.
1916 MR.
TOM GILL: From other ethnic
broadcasters.
1917 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So 5 percent is the answer to
the question.
1918 MR.
TOM GILL: Yes, that's right.
1919 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You've indicated that your
proposed new service will be attractive to the estimated 20,000 South Asians in
and around the Abbotsford area. With
your new wave serving that area, what percentage of your revenue do you think
would come from that?
1920 MR.
TOM GILL: We conservatively estimate
that the Abbotsford area has a potential of maybe 5 percent.
1921 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. From a technical perspective, what, in your
view, are the compelling reasons to grant you the requested frequency?
1922 MR.
SANGHERA: Before I pass this question
on to John, we believe that there is a significant amount of the South Asian
community living in Abbotsford and region, close to 30,000, and that's
including Abbotsford, Langley, Mission, Aldergrove, Haney, so those communities
would be left without coverage, even with the 93.1 frequency, and I'd call on
John to talk more about that.
1923 MR.
MATTHEWS: Thank you. You've been provided a map that compares the
coverage that has been proposed by different FM applicants.
1924 You
can see, by looking at that map, that we have made maximum use of the frequency
93.1. We've also been thorough about
putting together a coverage solution that reaches all of the South Asian
communities from Vancouver to Abbotsford, and we hope that that inclusivity of
service will be something that you consider as important as we do.
1925 Examining
that comparison map, you can see that Radio India's interference‑free
contour through Surrey, for instance, is reaching close to 50 percent of the
Surrey population. The area that is
most in jeopardy is southern Surrey.
Only on better‑quality radios would we expect interference‑free
service in that area, and we're hopeful that, given the opportunity to test
transmissions in Abbotsford, that we'll be able to provide some further service
in areas of Surrey that are not reached by the Vancouver signal.
1926 The
map we've provided, labelled Map D, the fourth map in the PowerPoint
presentation, shows you the combined service areas based on a very conservative
approach to what we would expect to be able to do than Abbotsford. It's a scaled‑down version from what
had been originally applied for in Abbotsford, and it's basically the least
that we would expect. We would expect
it to be somewhat better, depending on the results of tests that we would do in
cooperation with Industry Canada and CHEK‑TV.
1927 In
summary, what we're hoping for here is an FM service that, between the two
frequencies, is somewhat continuous between Vancouver, all the way to
Abbotsford, and we hope that there will be no South Asian populations or
communities that will be excluded as a result of the rather difficult adjacent
interference on the Vancouver channel and the ‑‑ co‑channel
interference on the proposed Abbotsford channel.
1928 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you. One final question, I guess, is: In what way does your proposal constitute
the best use of frequency 93.1, particularly from a technical perspective?
1929 MR.
SANGHERA: Again, for a technical
perspective, I can pass it to John.
1930 MR.
MATTHEWS: Thank you, Vic.
1931 Simply
a matter of making maximum use of the frequency in Vancouver, we're hoping to
reach more people, despite the interference, and likewise with regard to
Abbotsford. We don't know why the other
applicants have overlooked it, but we think it's important enough that we will
come back to you with an application to ensure that we can include those
communities within our service.
1932 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
1933 Mr.
Chair, that concludes my series of questions for this applicant. Thank you very much.
1934 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you. In regard to your music programming, you
indicated in your response to our deficiencies, that you'll be carrying some 54‑1/2
hours of spoken word; is that correct?
1935 MR.
SANGHERA: That's correct.
1936 THE
CHAIRPERSON: So what will be the
musical content; the balance of the time?
1937 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes, that's correct.
1938 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Pardon me?
1939 MR.
SANGHERA: Correct.
1940 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Now, I have it that, Mr.
Gill, you've been introduced as a concert promoter, record label owner, and so
on, and I'm wondering whether ‑‑ and I assume that a number of
the artists that are under contract to you will be aired on this station?
1941 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Yes, which artists I
produce, we play their songs, plus my staff, like, you know, they play more
songs from my competitors. We already
mentioned here, like, you know, the Music Waves, Latti Entertainment, and other
media companies in Vancouver. So we
always love to play those songs as well.
1942 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Do you have internal
procedures or guidelines in respect of access to your air waves by artists who
are not under contract to Mr. Gill to you avoid a kind of favouritism to those
who might be?
1943 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Not at all.
1944 MR.
SANGHERA: I think he said, "Not at
all."
1945 THE
CHAIRPERSON: He's not concerned about
it?
1946 MR.
SANGHERA: No, he's saying that we don't
have any favouritism.
1947 In
regards to that, the policies that we would have in place mostly are that the
listening audience, the level of quality that we provide our listening
audience, if we were to give specific favouritism to Maninder's artists, we
would hear it from our listeners. So to
keep our high level of service where it is, I mean, we would keep it upon
ourselves to promote other artists as well, because there are a significant
amount of artists here, they have a wide variety of talent, and each artist
caters to different parts of the communities.
1948 In
regards to Maninder's artists, it might be that, you know, most of his artists
target more traditional‑type music.
So if we wanted to provide more modern types of music, we would have to
go to other music labels, such as Sargam International Promotions or even Music
Waves, such artists as Jazzy B.
1949 THE
CHAIRPERSON: No, I understand
that. I guess rules are set up to take
care of worst cases, to take care of cases where there might be a suspicion or
feeling among certain sectors that that isn't happening, and I'm wondering
whether you'd be prepared to develop some form of rules of practice,
guidelines, code to ensure that the public and other artists can be comfortable
that there will be access ‑‑ in the event of a complaint ‑‑
that there will be standards against which you'll be evaluated as to whether
you're not giving such favouritism?
1950 MR.
SANGHERA: Yes. We haven't looked that far yet. We operate in good faith, just as every
other station does. But we would
definitely look at successful models that do have such features in their
policies, and definitely, we would hold ourselves to a standard that could be
compared against, yes.
1951 MR.
MANINDER GILL: Plus, you can see from
letters of support, there's so many other companies supporting us on this
issue.
1952 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes. No, it's not for normal course that we're
concerned. Again, these rules come up
because, at the extremes, there is sometimes disaffection or suspicion, and in
those cases, it's useful to have ‑‑
1953 MR.
SANGHERA: Sure. And I would like to point out that if we had
any such bias in the past, it wouldn't be shown in the amount of letters of
support that we have received from artists across the board. If you look at our public file, we have
artists that are on Maninder's label, we have artists that have nothing to do
with Maninder. He's been in the business
for 25 years. There are some artists
that have never worked with him, and they have signed letters of support in our
favour.
1954 Again,
we would, if you require so, we would have standards of policies in going
forward. But in good faith, we do play
all musicians and artists.
1955 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
1956 Commissioner
Wiley?
1957 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Mr. Matthews, would you help me
understand these maps better? If I look
at the "B" map ‑‑ well, first of all, Mr. Gill,
perhaps you can tell us, where is the majority? Or is there an area where the audience you are targeting is
situated in greater proportion to other areas of Vancouver? Is it the Lower Mainland?
1958 MR.
SANGHERA: You're asking for where the largest
concentration of South Asians are?
1959 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes.
1960 MR.
SANGHERA: Kerry, could you answer that
question?
1961 MS WICKS: Essentially, it is the whole area, Vancouver
and the Lower Mainland; and the percentage of the population that would be left
out, if you will, or the number would be about 25,000, without the Abbotsford
transmitter.
1962 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: But, Mr. Matthews, if we look at
the coverage shown on the Map B, I guess ‑‑ am I to understand
that what you're getting by continuing to transmit on 92.9 and, concurrently,
at 93.1, you're actually creating interference to 92.9? Is that what the "B" map shows?
1963 MR.
MATTHEWS: No. Any interference that takes place to the American station that is
on the frequency 92.9 would take place over Canadian land, at least not over
U.S. land. The international agreement
doesn't permit us to interfere with a U.S. station over U.S. land.
1964 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: With regard to reaching your
audience, 93.1, if you continue on 92.9, 93.1 then covers the northern part of
Vancouver but not at all the southern part.
1965 MR.
MATTHEWS: Yes. What Map B shows you is the interference
area, which is due to the existing station operating from the U.S. on 92.9.
1966 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So that is not changing by
broadcasting on 93.1? It doesn't get
any worse?
1967 MR.
MATTHEWS: We're in no position to alter
the parameters of the U.S. station.
What we can do is portray the extent to which that interference limits
coverage on 93.1, which is the proposed channel.
1968 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So far the time that it may take
to solve the Abbotsford type of retransmitter, you would ‑‑
93.1 would have the effect of improving coverage in the northern part of
Vancouver but not changing it in the southern part, in the Lower Mainland?
1969 MR.
MATTHEWS: I'd like to make clear, first
of all, that the frequency 92.9 is under operation by ‑‑ has
nothing to do with Radio India. Radio
India is operating on 1600 AM right now.
1970 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: On the AM, okay. Oh, so that one, there would be no ‑‑
on this map, I'm sorry, you're just showing the interference that exists at the
moment ‑‑
1971 MR.
MATTHEWS: 92.9 is a classic rock
station operated by some Chicago entity ‑‑
1972 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ and 1600 doesn't make that worse?
1973 MR.
MATTHEWS: No.
1974 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: No. So you would be improving coverage to the north and not making it
worse. I misunderstood ‑‑
thank you ‑‑ that it was not the frequency 92.9 that was
causing this.
1975 MR.
MATTHEWS: I would be happy to take you
through this series of maps ‑‑
1976 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: No, I think I understand my
mistake, yes. Thank you.
1977 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Langford?
1978 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
1979 I
have some questions that are probably best characterized in the realm of kind
of wonderland or something, because I'm going to ask you about some situations
over which we have no jurisdiction and, therefore, of course, don't exist. But, in fact, they do exist, and I'm curious
about them.
1980 I
guess really what I'm interested in is the whole notion of what this market,
the appetite, if we can call it, for the type of radio service that you and
other applicants have come before us with, aimed at the communities that all of
you basically are aiming them at in various degrees. What is the market, what's the appetite out there, for these
services? Because, in fact, they're
already being served, being served by radio services that don't exist, as far
as our jurisdiction goes, but do in the real world.
1981 And
so I would like first to just get a notion of what the competitive world is
like right now between you and the other station that doesn't exist. Could you give us a little idea of what it's
like competing for market share in Vancouver at this point between two stations
coming out of Washington state? And I
don't expect you to give us confidential numbers, but if you could give us some
sort of narrative sense of what the battle is like out there for market
share? I think that would help me to
understand what this market can take.
1982 I'll
tell you where I'm leading ‑‑ I'm sorry to be so long in the
asking. But you did make a statement
that you expected two radio stations to be licensed coming out of this, so it
does make me curious, as to just what this market can bear.
1983 So
what's it like right now, today?
1984 MR.
SANGHERA: The research that we've had
gone in regards to our advertising research ‑‑ and I'll let
Kerry talk more about that ‑‑ shows that roughly 43 percent of
businesses advertise using radio. Of
that 43 percent, the two stations that don't exist make up for about 90 percent
of the revenues. It is a competitive
market. For us, we don't own that
station, as the other station does. We
have a significant lease to fulfil. So
we compete on our programming. There's
no way that we compete on price‑cutting or any other feature, so strictly
programming ‑‑ news, quality programming service.
1985 To
talk more about the specific stats, I'd refer to Kerry first.
1986 MS WICKS: Thank you, Vic.
1987 Yes,
as you can see from our demographic model, this is a large community. The South Asian community alone ‑‑
and these are 2001 numbers, so, of course, it's only grown since then ‑‑
there's a couple hundred thousand people.
This is larger than many small cities.
So we certainly feel that the community can support a number of
applicants.
1988 Our
advertising research reinforces the fact that these are people who do spend
money on advertising. They advertise
regularly. Our weighted average was
$1,000 a month. Two thirds of our
advertisers are spending over $500 a month, and radio is close to half of
that. So we do believe there is room
for ourselves and another licensee.
1989 And
then in addition to that, our consumer research reaffirms that people are
listening to the radio frequently, so the advertisers are being heard, their
message is getting out. People are
listening. If you only take our radio
station, half of the people surveyed are listening every day and another
quarter are listening several times a week, and our competitors are enjoying
considerable listenership as well.
1990 So,
yes, we think there is room for ourselves, all of the existing incumbents, plus
another applicant. Thank you.
1991 MR.
SANGHERA: To add to that, based on our
existing revenues and based on that research, we can ballpark that there's
approximately $4 million in the existing radio market. If you divide that by giving us the
successful FM licence, a new AM licence, and also 1550 still being there, you
can divide that three ways and there still is a market for all three stations.
1992 MR.
MANINDER GILL: And add to that ‑‑
I just want to mention one more thing.
We have a very lovely team. They
have good experience. We charge even
more money than mainstream radio charges.
1993 Our
Sukminder Singh team has a morning program.
We charge $95 per slot. And we
never go under $20 at Radio India at any time.
So we are doing extremely well on Radio India 1600 AM. So we have lots of connections in the
community. So that is why we get this.
1994 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: There's some feverish note‑taking
going on out there in the audience, I just want to warn you.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
1995 It's
not up to me to tell you how to protect your business.
1996 Let
me push the scenario just another step because you've told us that ‑‑
I think what you've told us is that the two of you are both succeeding in this
market, the two existing radio stations out of Washington ‑‑
1997 MR.
SANGHERA: Based on our research, yes.
1998 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I think you've just said, if
I understood you correctly, that there would be room for one more in there, in
the sense that I suppose the scenario you're giving us is that it actually
would be two Canadian‑licensed services and then one other continuing,
and in your dreams, not your own. So
we're up to three.
1999 Now
let me give you the worst‑case scenario.
We don't licence you ‑‑ this is all hypothetical; I
don't want any tears ‑‑ we don't licence you, we don't licence
the other existing Washington player. So the two of you carry on.
But we do licence a Canadian AM and FM service. So we now have four services scrapping over
market share.
2000 What
do you think of that in the terms of a business case? I don't want to hear about your disemployment, because this is
all hypothetical. But in the sense of
trying to keep your operation going, can this market of the sort of numbers
we've heard here, can this market absorb that amount of competition?
2001 MR.
SANGHERA: The short answer is yes, in
our opinion, and the reason for that is, even if we weren't successful for the
FM licence, you gave the FM licence to another applicant, hypothetically, there
wasn't a successful AM incumbent, we still existed, 1550 still existed. Although it would be tough, we're going to
run on our program. We have full
confidence in our team. We have
quality, experienced broadcasters in news and in our musical programs.
2002 One
of focuses that we would change to rely even more heavily on is news. Our research has shown that news is very
important to the community. AM bands in
general, even on mainstream radio, are successful, news formats on AM; and as I
mentioned, we do have a significant lease agreement, so there's nothing that we
can do in that regard, so we feel confident in our team. We have grown in leaps and bounds in the
last four years. We probably wouldn't
grow as significantly in the future, but we would continue to grow.
2003 MR.
MANINDER GILL: More to add.
2004 Actually,
if we don't succeed in the application for a new FM licence, we're going to not
leave 1600 AM at all. We love to
provide service to my community.
2005 The
four different communities we are serving now, you can see from the letters of
support, each and every temple ‑‑ from Sikh temples, Hindu
temples, Muslim mosques ‑‑ each and every one of them is
giving us a letter of support. We give
them a fantastic service. They are
really proud of Radio India, and I am really proud of all these four nations.
2006 So
we have huge revenue. Why should we
leave? I have 25 years'
experience. Every year when I do a
concert, so many other promoters bring a concert on that month, and sometimes
the same day, but I always be successful.
I have lots of connections in that community, and the community knows me
very well and I know the community very well.
Not only the Sikh community, but all these four or five different
communities as well.
2007 MR.
SANGHERA: Another thing I would like to
add to that is, in answering your question, we also have to take into
consideration, if we are the successful incumbent for this frequency that, as I
mentioned, 1600 AM is not going anywhere.
The station that operates that, that is their business. They have over 50 stations across the U.S.,
and that is their business plan, to seek out ethnic communities in the markets
and to sublease the time. So if we take
over 93.1, we are taking into consideration that someone is going to take over
1600 AM and also have taken into consideration, when we want to simulcast for 6
months, and that's our rationale behind that.
2008 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Would you be offended if I
put the same question, though, because there's so much enthusiasm in your team
and so much trust in your ability ‑‑ and that's good. That's a good thing. But would you be offended if I put the same
question to Miss Wicks, just on the sense of straight numbers.
2009 From
your experience, do the numbers you're giving us today support four radio
services?
2010 MR.
SANGHERA: Go ahead, Miss Wicks.
2011 MS WICKS: Thank you, sir.
2012 I
think it goes without saying, more services, more competition means it's going
to be tougher for everybody. Where we
base our numbers and where you'll see the confidence coming from our team is
that we have a proven track record, we are a going concern. So when we say we're number one, when we say
we will be number one, we're not just making that up. We're speaking from experience, and we believe we have the team
to sustain the competition for the long haul.
2013 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: More high enthusiasm. But if I may ask: What about the straight numbers?
Looking at that as a professional student of these matters, I mean,
you've given us a total population catch basin, if you were coming in this
cold, no existing stations, just that number, that population number, would it
support four services?
2014 MS WICKS: Yes.
This is a quarter of a million people.
This is a sizable market. The
South Asian portion of the Greater Vancouver market is as big as a large city
unto itself, and that is why we feel it can sustain the competition.
2015 That
is why you will hear all of us actively reinforcing our message. We are prepared for you to license two
people, not just ourselves. And we are
prepared not only to compete within the market but also to be complementary to
the other applicants and the other incumbents.
Our programming schedule demonstrates that.
2016 MR.
SANGHERA: Just to add to that,
sir. As Kerry mentioned, we do figure
about 250,000 South Asians living in this community. It's my understanding that the City of Kingston, Ontario, a
population of 100,000, is successfully supporting five stations. So we don't see why this market would not
support four stations.
2017 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: A lot of different formats in
Kingston, though, whereas you folks are offering pretty well the same type of a
format, aren't you?
2018 MR.
SANGHERA: But in regards to
programming, there's a lot of different target audiences in the programming as
well. I mean, just saying that we cater
to the Punjabi community does not mean you cater to Punjabi community. If you put one type of song on for a first
generation Canadian, his or her tastes are going to be different than a new
immigrant from India. So there is room
within the communities for different types of programming in each language.
2019 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much.
2020 Those
are my questions, Mr. Chair.
2021 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
2022 Counsel?
2023 MR.
STEWART: Merci, monsieur le président.
2024 Just
a quick follow‑up question. You
refer to cross‑cultural programming and that you intended to do some, and
I believe in your application, you also mention that.
2025 Now,
I don't know if you were present yesterday when there was a discussion about
the definition of ethnic programming with respect to cross‑cultural
programming, and I infer from your presentation and your application that you
do not consider the cross‑cultural programming that you would be
proposing to be ethnic programming, as defined under the policy; is that
correct?
2026 MR.
SANGHERA: That is correct. That's why we're allowing for 10
percent. That's why we're committing to
90 percent ethnic programming, 90 percent third‑language programming.
2027 MR.
STEWART: Again, in light of the
discussion of yesterday, the cross‑cultural programming that you are
proposing is not ethnic programming, in your view, for what particular reason?
2028 MR.
SANGHERA: Again, first, we're not
proposing cross‑cultural. We're
asking for that flexibility, just in case we do decide to do cross‑cultural,
and it is our understanding that that type of programming does not fall under
the criteria for ethnic broadcasting, so that's why we're allocating that in
the 10 percent rather than the 90 percent.
2029 MR.
STEWART: Okay. Fair enough. Thank you.
2030 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much for
your presentation. That ends your
participation in phase 1.
2031 We
will take a break now and resume in ten minutes at ten o'clock with the next
item.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 0955 / Suspension à 0955
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1010 / Reprise à 1010
2032 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
2033 MR.
LeBEL: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2034 Item
5 on the agenda is an application by CHUM Limited for a licence to operate an
English language commercial FM radio programming undertaking in Vancouver. The new station would operate on frequency
93.1 megahertz on channel 226 C1, with an average effective radiant power of
1,780 watts.
2035 Mr.
Paul Ski is appearing on behalf of CHUM.
You have 20 minutes to make your presentation.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2036 MR.
SKI: Thank you. Good morning, Mr. Chair, Madam Vice‑Chair,
members of the Commission.
2037 My
name is Paul Ski, and I am Executive Vice‑President of radio for CHUM
Limited.
2038 Before
I introduce my colleagues, I just wanted to express how personally exciting it
is for me to be here today to share with you a cutting edge proposal for the
future of Vancouver radio.
2039 Two
years ago, I was asked to head up all of CHUM's radio operations from coast to
coast, but prior to that, I spent 21 wonderful years here in Vancouver managing
our local radio stations, and witnessed firsthand how this city has exploded
into one of the most diverse, cosmopolitan, and diverse communities not only in
Canada but maybe in the world.
2040 For
some time, we have been following the emergence of the modern global music
phenomena. When we saw the call for a
new radio service that would reflect the ethnocultural diversity of Vancouver,
we knew this was the right time and the right place to make this groundbreaking
concept, modern global radio, a reality.
The result is PlanetRadio.
2041 Before
we elaborate on our proposal, however, I would like to take this opportunity to
introduce the members of the team that put together this application, as well
as members of our local advisory committee.
2042 Joining
me today, to my far right, your left, is Roma Khanna, Vice‑President of
CHUM Interactive. Next to Roma is Peter
Miller, our Vice‑President Planning and Regulatory Affairs for CHUM
Limited. To your right is Rob Farina,
Program Director for CHUM FM. Next to
me is Prem Gill, Director of Multicultural Programming and Public Affairs for
CHUM Television here in Vancouver. Prem
is also the Supervising Producer of the local show Ethnosonic, but most
Vancouverites will know her as the host of Colour TV.
2043 In
the back row this morning, starting to your right, is Kerry French, Director of
Research for CHUM Radio. Next to Kerry
is Duff Roman, Vice‑President Industry Affairs, CHUM Radio. And next to Duff are two members of our
local advisory committee: Cassandra
Onyejikwe, better known in local rap and hip‑hop circles as "Ndidi
Cascade," is not only an emerging artist in the process of recording her
second independent album, but is also an educator and facilitator, visiting
schools and community groups using her art to help build understanding and
identity among Vancouver's youth.
2044 Next
to Ndidi is Todd Wong. Todd is an
acknowledged cultural engineer, and in that role, has been a leader in
conducting educational programs to advance cross‑cultural
understanding. Todd is perhaps best
known here in Vancouver as the creator of the cross‑cultural festival
Gung Haggis Fat Choy, a joint celebration of Chinese New Year and Robbie Burns
Day, a festival that is geared to bridging Vancouver's various ethnocultural
communities together.
2045 I
also wanted to make special note that we are joined today in the audience by
Jay Switzer, President and CEO of CHUM Limited, and former COO and CHUM Limited
board member, Fred Sheratt.
2046 Mr.
Chair, Madam Vice‑Chair, members of the Commission: In our brief time today, we hope to share
with you our vision for what we believe will be a groundbreaking new kind of
radio offering, and in doing so, we plan to give you a taste of what
PlanetRadio is all about, show how PlanetRadio will fill an important void in
Vancouver, and explain how PlanetRadio will bring increased diversity to
Vancouver and the system. By the time
we wrap up today, we hope to have answered three fundamental questions:
2047 1. Will PlanetRadio clearly reflect the
diversity of languages as well as the multicultural and multiethnic reality of
Vancouver?
2048 2. Will PlanetRadio advance the policy
objectives of the Broadcasting Act?
2049 3. Is this the best possible application for a
new FM radio station, taking into account the Commission's evaluation criteria?
2050 As
we will demonstrate, we believe the answer to all of these questions is
"yes."
2051 MS GILL: As Paul noted, Vancouver is one of the most
diverse cities in the world. Its
residents are multicultural, multilingual, and multiethnic.
2052 I
was born and raised in this city, and I am just one example of the Vancouver of
today. Like many young Vancouverites, I
am Canadian and extremely proud of my cultural roots.
2053 You
may be asking yourselves whether the ethnic broadcasters in this group serve
people like me, first‑ and second‑generation Canadians. The answer is no. In my parents' kitchen, Punjabi Radio is always on. I may listen to it when I'm visiting them
and enjoy the experience. However, when
I return to my home, I'm listening to artists from all over the world, not just
South Asia.
2054 For
the last four years, I have been the supervising producer of Ethnosonic, Citytv
Vancouver's weekly global music show.
On Ethnosonic, we explore sounds from the world's most vibrant music
scenes in an effort to find new reflections of the human spirit. The music we feature on the show is complex
and dynamic and appeals to a diverse generation of Vancouverites.
2055 PlanetRadio
will draw on our experience with Ethnosonic.
PlanetRadio's mission will be to seek out the best music from around the
world and share it with an audience eager to experience contemporary
international sounds. PlanetRadio will
be the first station in Canada to champion a genre we are calling modern global
music.
2056 Musical
influences are transcending geographical borders and are apparent in the
eclectic sounds that are emerging from the streets of the world's urban
centres. Cities like Sao Paolo, Brazil;
Ibiza, Spain; Mumbai, India; Vienna, Austria; and right here in Vancouver, you
can hear everything from Aboriginal hip‑hop in East Vancouver to Bhangra
music from Surrey, as well as many other groundbreaking artists who are
marrying modern trends in music and production with their regional
influences. PlanetRadio will showcase
these artists.
2057 Given
that this is the first service of its kind in Canada, the best way to get
PlanetRadio is to experience it.
‑‑‑ Video
presentation / présentation vidéo
2058 MR.
FARINA: PlanetRadio will promote a
growing, diverse, cutting edge Canadian music scene that, as numerous intervenors
noted, receives limited airplay, if any, on conventional radio. Instead of marginalizing their material,
PlanetRadio will celebrate the works of such trailblazers as War Party, Chin
Ingenti, and Kiran Aluwahlia. In total,
a minimum of 35 percent of PlanetRadio's music selections will be
Canadian. At least 50 percent of these
songs will be uncharted, guaranteeing exposure for emerging artists. Moreover, of PlanetRadio's Category 3
selections, 20 percent will be Canadian, double the regulatory minimum.
2059 In
addition, CHUM will spend over a million dollars to support Aboriginal and
ethnically diverse Canadian talent and the further development of modern global
music in Canada.
2060 When
reading the call, it was clear that this process called for applications from
both third‑world language services and services that would reflect the
diverse reality that is Vancouver.
2061 We
are proposing a service that connects with the largest emerging group of
diverse Vancouverites. They are
connected to their roots, but they live in English, and are navigating cultural
experiences from around the world. They
are, in fact, the next generation Vancouverites who have been missed by both
conventional commercial radio and traditional ethnic radio. Our mission is to create a radio experience
that is truly reflective of their reality.
2062 PlanetRadio
will accomplish this in three ways:
2063 First,
modern global music is a music format that is inherently and unabashedly
diverse. The station will take
audiences on a musical journey around the globe. Over 45 percent of the station's musical selections will come
from outside of North America and a minimum of 20 percent will be in over 20
languages other than English and French.
2064 Second,
building on CHUM Radio's Best Practices on Cultural Diversity, we will fully
reflect the diversity that is Vancouver.
Not only will this be easily achievable in the case of a start‑up
station, but given the nature of the station's format, this diversity will be
central to PlanetRadio's success.
2065 Third,
PlanetRadio will provide listeners with a minimum of eight hours of locally
produced, culturally diverse spoken word programming each week. The station's spoken word programming will
take one of three forms: Long‑form
programming designed to promote cross‑cultural understanding; features
consisting of interviews with artists from Canada and around the world which
will offer valuable insight into this emerging musical genre; and news and
public affairs programming focussed on issues of importance to our listeners'
communities.
2066 In
short, we are inviting Vancouver's youth to experience the world through music.
2067 MS KHANNA: CHUM is a leader in connecting with today's
youth on their own terms and integrating their media preferences. With recent advancements in technology,
music is being created, recorded, and shared at almost an unprecedented
rate. Today's young Canadians live in
one of the most wired countries in the world.
They are technologically savvy, garner musical influences from around
the globe, and connect with like‑minded people on multiple
platforms. They view themselves as
members of a global community of lovers of music and culture.
2068 Since
fall 2001, time spent listening to radio for Vancouver residents between the
ages of 12 and 34 has declined by three hours to 15.4 hours per week. Tuning by younger Aboriginal and ethnic
Vancouverites would be even lower.
2069 To
connect with Vancouver's youth, PlanetRadio will have to compete with the
internet, MP3 players, online communities and blogs for its audience. Our goal is to create a radio format that is
relevant to the diverse youth of Vancouver, becomes a meaningful part of the
media mix that they consume, and speaks to them directly.
2070 To
do this, we will need to offer them a total experience that they are not
currently finding on other media. As
well, we will need to integrate new technologies, such as the internet and
wireless, to reach out to listeners and create an interactive experience and
community around both the radio programming and the artists featured on
PlanetRadio.
2071 MS FRENCH: Statistics Canada data for the Vancouver CMA
shows that 39 percent of Vancouver's population are either visible minorities
or Aboriginal. 70 percent of visible
minorities are under 45, and 37 percent of visible minorities are under
25. The breakdown for the Aboriginal
population skews even younger. 95
percent of Vancouver's young visible minority and Aboriginal population speaks
English.
2072 Though
these young people come from many different cultural backgrounds, they share
not only a global view and a love of music, they connect in the same
language: English.
2073 At
present, no radio station is dedicated to serving Vancouver's multicultural
youth. Vancouver's ethnic media may
provide some programming that is of interest to younger generations of
immigrants or second‑ or third‑generation youth who are more fluent
in English; however, the bulk of the programming they offer is directed at an
immigrant population that is looking for a link between the "new
land" and the "homeland."
2074 In
contrast, Vancouver's commercial radio stations cater to an audience seeking
more conventional, hit‑driven playlists and programming. While Vancouver's diverse youth do listen to
these stations, given the evidence of declining hours of tuning, they're not
getting everything they need.
PlanetRadio would answer that need, providing music and programming
currently unavailable in the market, specifically targeting young visible
minorities who define themselves simultaneously as Canadian and as members of a
particular cultural community and heritage.
2075 Young
Vancouverites from visible minority and Aboriginal communities want a station
that reflects their contemporary Canadian experience, one that offers music and
programming from multiple cultures, shifting between them and promoting a
shared cross‑cultural reality.
2076 In
effect, our goal with PlanetRadio is to create a station that bridges the void
between traditional ethnic broadcasters and conventional commercial
broadcasters. Not only will this
appropriately fill a hole in the market, it will ensure that PlanetRadio will
have minimal impact on the existing commercial broadcasters or any traditional
third‑language broadcasters that operate today or may be licensed in this
process.
2077 MR.
SKI: The Broadcasting Policy for
Canada, as set out in Section 3 of the Broadcasting Act, states that the
Canadian broadcasting system should:
2078 "encourage
the development of Canadian expression by providing a wide range of programming
that reflects Canadian attitudes, opinions, ideas, values and artistic
creativity ..."
2079 and
2080 "
through its programming and the employment opportunities arising out of its
operations, serve the needs and interests, and reflect the circumstances and
aspirations, of Canadian men, women and children, including equal rights, the
linguistic duality and multicultural and multiracial nature of Canadian society
and the special place of Aboriginal peoples within that society ..."
2081 These
two objectives are the basis for the Commission's quest for diversity, both
from a programming or format perspective and an ethnocultural perspective.
2082 With
respect to programming diversity or diversity of format, the Commission has
implemented a number of policies to help achieve this goal. For example, format diversity was
highlighted as one of the potential benefits of the changes the Commission made
to the radio common ownership policy in 1998.
2083 The
Commission has also been clear that both traditional ethnic licensees and
mainstream broadcasters have an important role to play in the advancement of
cultural diversity and cultural understanding.
CHUM has a very long tradition in this area, not only through on‑air
representation and leading the industry in best practices, but by making
diversity central to what we do.
2084 As
frequencies become scarcer in many large markets, it is increasingly important
that the Commission use these opportunities to promote diversity in both senses
of the word. PlanetRadio is such an
opportunity.
2085 There
is a major segment of the population in this city that is young, diverse,
cosmopolitan, multilingual, and, by their very nature, worldly. Both mainstream commercial radio and
traditional third‑language broadcasters have not connected with this
audience. PlanetRadio will bring
diversity to both Vancouver and the system by filling this void. CHUM's established base in Vancouver will
ensure that PlanetRadio has the resources to make this happen.
2086 At
the outset of our presentation, we wanted to give you a feel for the station,
show where the station's listeners will come from, and demonstrate how this
application will bring diversity to both Vancouver and the system.
2087 In
addition, we indicated that we would try to answer three questions:
2088 1.
Will PlanetRadio clearly reflect the
diversity of languages, as well as the multicultural and multiethnic reality of
Vancouver?
2089 2. Will PlanetRadio advance the policy
objectives of the Broadcasting Act?
2090 3. Is this the best possible application for a
new FM radio station, taking into account the Commission's evaluation criteria?
2091 We
believe the answer to these questions is a resounding "yes."
2092 In
closing, Mr. Chair, Madam Vice‑Chair members of the Commission, we would
like to acknowledge the over 100 interventions from ethnocultural artists, the
music industry, and members of countless communities that represent the entire
planet. As you walk the streets of this
city, you may notice its magnificent geography, but more importantly, you can't
help but be charged by its diversity.
2093 While
global music is a growing and increasingly successful genre, it is uncharted
territory for the Canadian radio industry.
If there is anywhere in Canada where this type of radio station can
break through, it's here in Vancouver.
2094 Clearly,
the planet has come to Vancouver.
Vancouver's unity is in its diversity.
That diversity is in search of a voice, and that voice is PlanetRadio.
2095 Thank
you for your time. We look forward to
your questions.
2096 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
2097 Vice‑Chair
Wiley?
2098 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Good morning, ladies and
gentlemen.
2099 In
your application early on at 7.6, you say that there will be 6 to 8 hours of
spoken word programming, including news, and that's repeated in your
supplementary brief at page 10, a minimum of 6 to 8 hours.
2100 Do
I conclude from that that there could be as much as 120 hours per week of
music?
2101 MR.
SKI: I believe that's correct.
2102 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: We'd like to understand a little
better what this type of music, which you describe as a blend of traditional
world music with modern global sounds, what the sound of the station will end
up being.
2103 In
your supplementary brief, at pages 1 and 8, you actually refer to some of the
centres from which this music will come.
At page 8, you have Sao Paolo, Hong Kong, London, Bangalore, Seoul,
Paris, Tokyo ‑‑ are some of the cities from which the music
would come.
2104 Will
there be any attempt to have on your playlist music that is particularly
desirable ‑‑ or there is an appetite for it in Vancouver due
to the majority ethnocultural groups; in other words, will there be more from
Hong Kong, more from South Asia because of the cultural groups that make the
Vancouver population?
2105 MR.
SKI: I'll let Rob Farina, our
programmer, first of all, talk to what modern global music is, and then maybe Prem
can add a little bit more about the various types of music.
2106 MR.
FARINA: Sure. Thank you ‑‑
2107 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Well, yes, but also, an answer
to the question would be, are your playlists going to be made of by reference
to concentrations of ethnic populations in the area that your signal will
reach?
2108 MR.
SKI: Yes, they will. I'll let Rob expand, Commissioner.
2109 MR.
FARINA: With advancements in
technology, as the Commission is well aware, the rate at which music is created
and shared is unprecedented. In this
wireless age, musical expression has introduced the modern global music
movement. Modern global is a diverse
genre of music that includes rock, dance, hip‑hop, world beat, acid jazz,
folk, and roots. It is contemporary
music from around the world of particular interest to youth audiences. Modern global marries new technology and
current music trends and genres with indigenous sounds from different cultures.
2110 Examples
of artists in this modern global genre are artists like Angelique Kidjo, who's
cross‑pollinated her West African traditions of her childhood in Benin
with elements of R&B, funk, and jazz, and she's now based out of France and
one of the largest artists in French and records both in African and English
language; Romania's Ozone, that recorded a contemporary version of a hundred‑year‑old
Romanian folk song and turned it into a hit in 23 different countries
throughout Europe and Asia; right here in Canada, artists like Leslie Feist,
who fuses alternative folk and jazz and lounge music, and although she's still
relatively unknown in Canada, she's actually nominated for a Juno award this
year in the alternative music category.
Her career has taken off in Europe.
In France alone, she sold over 100,000 copies of her debut CD.
2111 Modern
global music is the popular music throughout many parts of the world where the
overwhelming presence of American culture doesn't dominate the indigenous music
of that country.
2112 In
answer to your question, "Will the music reflect the most prominent
cultural groups represented here in Vancouver?" Obviously, it's important for us to ensure that those groups are
well‑represented, because they will be key to the success of this global
music station. At the same time, music,
being the creative medium, is in constant flux. It's in flux in terms of the product flow, and it's in flux in
terms of what the tastes of the youth audience are in any given moment.
2113 Hopefully
that answers your question as well as we can with this genre being so diverse.
2114 MS GILL: I would just like to add, Vice‑Chair
Wiley, that as much as, yes, the concentrations of the majority of the visible
minorities in our city are from the South Asian community and the Asian
community, as we expressed in our video and in our opening presentation, we are
people who are these cultural navigators ‑‑ yes, I have a real
interest in hearing music made by South Asian people from all over the
world. But, at the same time, I'm
extremely interested in the sounds coming out of Brazil, the sounds coming out
of Hong Kong, the sounds coming out of France, the sounds coming out of Italy;
and that's what the term "modern global" is. Is that because the majority of faces in
this city, in the visible minority majority, are of Asian descent? It does not mean that is the only music and
that that needs to necessarily always be the majority of the music being played
on our stations, on PlanetRadio.
2115 There's
an interesting vibe that's happening in this city right now where you see, you
know, a South Asian tabla player hanging out with a Scottish bagpipe player and
making music together. These are things
that are actually happening in our city.
And that's sort of the fusion and the sharing of music that's going on.
2116 MR.
FARINA: Commissioner Wiley, if I could
go back to your comment about 120 hours of music programming?
2117 The
actual net hours of music programming is just slightly under 96 hours, and
that's when we take out the components of commercials and the disc jockey talk
on back cells throughout the week.
2118 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: We'll go back to the spoken word
later once we get a fix on the music.
2119 In
your experience, is this global world beat music also appealing to English‑language
speakers who don't have an ethnic heritage?
2120 MR.
FARINA: Absolutely. Again, the technology has really brought
down the borders of music, and the growth of this music world wide, which has come
from all centres of the world, really takes up increasingly more and more rack
space. Here in Vancouver, if you walk
into the Virgin record store down the street, it's striking the amount of rack
space in the world beat/electronica sections, and these compilations, which
each of these compilations ‑‑ first of all, I must say that
they're not cheap properties because they usually come in as imports. Fusion III distribution, based out of
Toronto, is the prime importer of these, and the cost of these compilations is
usually in the $35 to $40 range, and they usually sell about 5,000 to 6,000
copies each, which on the surface may not sound like a big number, but it
actually is a large number due to the volume of product that gets released from
around the world in this genre.
2121 This
music crosses all cultures and really the spirit that it's made in is in the
spirit of sharing and experimenting music from diverse genres in a contemporary
format.
2122 MS GILL: And the language on our streets of Vancouver
amongst the demographic that we believe PlanetRadio would appeal to is
English. I think and function in
English. I do understand other
languages, but that's not the only type of music I'm looking for, isn't necessarily
just in English and Punjabi. You know,
I love music from France and from South America.
2123 The
key to the link here is that all of us from our diverse backgrounds ‑‑
and there's also a huge population in Vancouver of people of mixed race
heritage who identify with different cultural heritages, is that English is our
common link, and that's what brings us together to talk about this music from
the different parts of the world. The amazing
thing about this genre of music is that it's not necessarily about the
words. It's like listening to opera or
something. It really is about the vibe
of the music.
2124 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So I can conclude that what
you're saying is the South Asian youth in Vancouver could be interested in
music from Rome, or somewhere in Italy, just as the non‑immigrant or non‑recent‑immigrant
youth or of English‑speaking heritage could be interested in music from
Hong Kong and Bangalore?
2125 MS GILL: Yes, absolutely. I also think it's really important to note, and something that's
emerging in our city, is the abundance of music from the Aboriginal community,
specifically the younger generation, that they are creating their own versions
of rap music, and they're actually fusing music with South Asian music. It's like Indians playing music together
from ‑‑ you know, they're different types of Indians, but
that's what they all refer to themselves.
2126 So
it really is a magical thing happening, that it is truly transcending
borders ‑‑ as flaky as I know that sounds, but it really is
happening.
2127 MR.
FARINA: Further to that, the spirit of
PlanetRadio is celebrating the cultural works in an inclusive manner and in a
spirit of sharing and experimentation and discovery.
2128 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: My understanding is that you're
proposing 75 percent Category 2 and 25 percent Category 3 music.
2129 MR.
MILLER: Madam Vice‑Chair, we
suggested that based on our reading of sub‑category definitions of
Category 3, that's what it would average out to. We'd be happy to talk about that more specifically.
2130 We
also ‑‑ and I'm sure you have it ‑‑ have the
conditions of licence that we proposed in the deficiency that address many of
the issues that you've been alluding to, including the fact that, by committing
to a minimum of 45 percent of musical selections from outside North America,
plus a 35 percent Can‑con requirement, means, for example, that our U.S.
selections would be limited to 20 percent of the station. So those are the ways we approached it in
our deficiencies.
2131 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: When you say 25 percent on
average, what did you have in mind over what you would average in the 25
percent Category 3?
2132 MR.
SKI: Sorry, Madam Vice‑Chair, I
didn't quite hear the question.
2133 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Mr. Miller repeated that, and
it's in your application at 7.3, that on average ‑‑ no, it's
in your deficiencies at page 7, that on average there would be 25 percent
Category 3 music.
2134 I'm
curious, what did you have in mind about what that would be averaged over? A day?
A week? A quarter? A month?
2135 MR.
SKI: That would be averaged over a
week.
2136 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Over a week.
2137 Now,
your Category 2 will be 35 percent Canadian, as required by the regulations;
correct?
2138 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2139 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And that will be Category 2
music, popular music, popular Canadian music?
2140 MR.
SKI: Not necessarily. Some of that music could also be Category 3.
2141 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I'm not talking about Canadian
content now, I'm talking about language.
The rest of that 75 percent of Category 2 will be in English?
2142 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2143 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: It will be international pop
music in the English language.
2144 MR.
SKI: Or French.
2145 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I understand from your response
at page 5 of the deficiency that, to you, world beat and international music,
that is, in a language other than English, would not be Category 2, that would
be Category 3.
2146 MR.
MILLER: This was our difficulty in
trying to frame and come up with useful measures and proposed conditions of
licence.
2147 As
we read sub‑category 33, it would include international music, certainly
that is third‑language, so that would incorporate our 20 percent overall
commitment; but as soon as something was a popular international track, so if
it was a piece of Japanese popular music in English, it falls outside ‑‑
2148 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: In Category 3.
2149 MR.
MILLER: ‑‑ sub‑category 33, and therefore Category
3. That was the dilemma we were trying
to grapple with in coming up with appropriate conditions ‑‑
2150 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I'm trying to understand your
limitation of 20 percent only would be non‑English, non‑French.
2151 MR.
MILLER: That would be a minimum, that's
correct.
2152 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So that would be then 20 percent
of the 25 percent, which makes it Category 3.
2153 MR.
MILLER: No, that would be 20 percent
that would fall within the average 25 percent Category 3 and fall within the 45
percent from outside North America. So
it's not ‑‑
2154 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So, Mr. Miller, what, in your
view, would be the minimum or maximum non‑French, non‑English songs
on this station?
2155 MR.
MILLER: We didn't define a maximum non‑English,
non‑French, we just defined the minimum.
2156 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Well, 20 percent only.
2157 MR.
MILLER: Sorry, 20 percent minimum.
2158 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Non‑English, non‑French.
2159 MR.
MILLER: Twenty percent minimum non‑English,
non‑French.
2160 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Only. Is that a maximum?
2161 MR.
MILLER: If that was the way it was
worded, I apologize. What we meant to
say was the 20 percent non‑English, non‑French was a minimum.
2162 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes, you're correct. It's a minimum of 20 percent. What would be the maximum then of
international songs in languages other than English and French?
2163 MR.
MILLER: We haven't proposed a
maximum ‑‑
2164 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You wouldn't propose a maximum?
2165 MR.
MILLER: No, we haven't and we wouldn't.
2166 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: But they would definitely not be
Category 2 if they were in a third language?
2167 MR.
MILLER: Our understanding, again, of
your definitions, correct, that what you're saying is correct.
2168 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You know why these questions are
being asked. One has to look at
the ‑‑ which we'll discuss later ‑‑ is the
extent to which this is a station that is mainstream or in answer to the
call. We'll get into that later. But first we have to establish what it is
that it's going to sound like, what is it going to be, and it's a bit difficult
to come to terms with how many selections in a week would be in a language
other than English and French or Aboriginal language.
2169 MR.
MILLER: The dilemma that you pose is
exactly the dilemma we faced in trying to come up with a unique format, that as
we said in our opening statement ‑‑
2170 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Have you not expected this
question and come to an answer as to minimum and maximum of the languages other
than the mainstream languages and Aboriginal languages?
2171 MR.
MILLER: Again, we have proposed a
minimum of 20 percent. We had not
thought that a maximum would be appropriate.
If that's something you want us to think about ‑‑
2172 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So it could be as little as 20
percent of the broadcast week?
2173 MR.
MILLER: A minimum, that's correct.
2174 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay.
2175 MR.
SKI: Madam Vice‑Chair, as Peter
was alluding to, we did have some challenges with sub‑category
definitions, because when we looked at world beat and international, the
description says, "This genre includes world beat music that draws heavily
from the traditional music styles of countries throughout the world."
2176 And
the word "traditional" sort of caught us a little bit there because
the target of this radio station is young adults and youth. I think, if you look at sub‑category
34, for instance, which is jazz and blues, that sub‑category not only
covers traditional and various other types of jazz and blues but it also covers
soft contemporary jazz, contemporary jazz fusion, and other contemporary and
emerging jazz styles.
2177 So
we had a dilemma, as Peter mentioned, because we didn't see a contemporary
focus or a way to play contemporary music under that world beat sub‑category
33 category.
2178 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And when you say that 45 percent
will come from outside North America, that's measured over both Category 2 and
3?
2179 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2180 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, in your application at 7.3,
at the very beginning, you say that "the music will be in a variety of
languages."
2181 What
we have difficulty coming to terms with is to what extent will it be in English
and to what extent in languages other than English? Because you give me a minimum, but we don't know just ‑‑
considering your playlist, you've submitted, I think, three specific
hours. You don't have a sense of what
an average percentage of Category 2 or both categories when it's a song, in what
language it will be?
2182 MR.
FARINA: Commissioner, if it helps, out
of the average week, just under 96 hours of music programming, we play 1,439
selections per week.
2183 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: One thousand four hundred ...
2184 MR.
FARINA: And thirty‑nine. What we did was we averaged each song at
about 4 minutes.
2185 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes.
2186 MR.
FARINA: Out of that, 288 songs a week
are in languages other than English and French.
2187 We
committed to reasonable distribution of non‑English and French
music. What that basically means, in
simplistic terms, is one song out of five will be in a language not English or
French.
2188 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay. So that's the answer to what you expect the station to sound
like, is for every four songs in English or French, there will be one in a
language other than ‑‑ okay.
Well, that ‑‑
2189 MR.
MILLER: Part of the rationale there is
a lot of these songs, either from international artists in English ‑‑
because, again, English being a common language, those international artists
sometimes do sing in English; and, secondly, there's also, of course, an
instrumental component. So what we're
saying is one out of five would be in languages other than English and French,
but the remaining four out of five are not all going to be English and French,
if you understand that.
2190 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Aren't we back to our 20
percent?
2191 MR.
SKI: We are, yes, but the 20 percent,
as we mentioned, is a minimum.
2192 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: But you're telling me that's
likely to be ‑‑ from the playlist you've put together, that's
likely to be the sound of the planet, is 20 percent in languages other than.
2193 MR.
FARINA: What we're saying is that that
is the minimum commitment. When we looked
at this format and we looked at the music and we also looked at the fact that a
lot of artists ‑‑
2194 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Well, I'm not really looking at
a minimum commitment. I'm looking at
whether this service will be in answer to the call, which we can get back
to ‑‑
2195 MR.
FARINA: Right.
2196 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ and then a minimum doesn't help, right?
2197 MR.
FARINA: Okay. Well, when we get into that ‑‑
2198 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You keep answering a minimum, is
going to be the average ‑‑ the likely sound of the station?
2199 MR.
FARINA: That's correct, Commissioner.
2200 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, Canadian content. There's 35 percent for Category 2, as
required by the regs.
2201 Category
3, a minimum of 20 percent. This
minimum of 20 percent is not proposed as a condition of licence, is it? That's what you'll try to do, but it's not
proposed?
2202 MR.
MILLER: We'd be happy to have it as a
condition of licence ‑‑
2203 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay.
2204 MR.
MILLER: ‑‑ but to be clear, the 35 percent minimum commitment
would also be an overall commitment. So
whatever the mix is between Category 2 and 3, we would commit to 35 percent
Canadian content ‑‑
2205 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Regulation for Category 2, a
condition of licence of 20 percent instead of 10. And overall, 35 percent; is that a condition of licence?
2206 MR.
MILLER: That's correct.
2207 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2208 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You are now saying you're
accepting this as a condition of licence?
Because if you do a calculation, out of, you say, if you have 1,039 and
you calculate them separately, you get many more Canadian selections; you know
that? But 35, you're prepared to accept
that as a condition of licence overall.
Okay.
2209 Because
when you read the application, sometimes you speak of songs, sometimes of music
selections, et cetera, so it'll be clearly 35 percent.
2210 So
I think now we have a bit of a fix on the music.
2211 When
you say 96 hours will be music, the rest is your news, which we can talk about
in the spoken word, and also interstitial presentations of programming, all of
that has been excluded to come to 96 hours.
2212 In
the spoken word, all of it will be in English?
2213 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2214 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: It will be 100 percent in
English, including the interstitial, the introduction to programs, to the
music, to the news.
2215 MS GILL: It will be predominantly in English, but it
would not exclude, you know, translation happening. If there's an artist from ‑‑ you know, Angelique
Kidjo, who we featured in the video, she also speaks French. If she came and she was more comfortable
speaking French or in her native tongue from Benin, we would be translating
that simultaneously for our listeners.
So it doesn't exclude that there wouldn't be some sort of third language
in the spoken word, but it would be predominantly in English.
2216 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: It would be incidental, as
required or as needed.
2217 Now,
the 6 to 8 hours includes, if I understand correctly, 3 hours of news and
public affairs; right?
2218 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2219 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And then you get 2 hours of
news. Tell me how you arrived at 2
hours. What I have here is two two‑and‑a‑half‑minute
packages of news, 5 to 9, during the week?
2220 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2221 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And one four‑minute, 3 to
6, during the week, and one hour of public affairs programming on Sunday, 60
minutes.
2222 So
the news calculation, how do you arrive at 2 hours? I haven't quite made it.
Two two‑and‑a‑half‑minute packages, 5 to 9. How does that add up for you?
2223 MR.
FARINA: Well, Commissioner, each
morning we've got 20 minutes of news, which is 5 minutes each hour over 4
hours. Then we have an additional 12
minutes of news in the afternoon drive show, which gives us daily news of 32
minutes over five days.
2224 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So you calculate then the news
to fit the 5‑to‑6 hour in the morning?
2225 MR.
FARINA: Absolutely. It's an important drive time, yes.
2226 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I was looking at the regulatory
broadcast day. That's why perhaps I was
missing that. Because the regulatory
broadcast day is 6 to midnight, so you added that in as well, and an hour of
public affairs on Sunday, 60 minutes.
So that's where I had 15 times 5 instead of 20 times 5.
2227 And
that includes surveillance, news, sports, all of that?
2228 MR.
FARINA: Absolutely.
2229 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And also international news?
2230 MR.
FARINA: Yes.
2231 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So would it be like a headline
news format, the usual format?
2232 MR.
FARINA: No. Commissioner, because we're targeting a youth audience, we need
to deliver that news to them in an innovative and different fashion.
2233 The
news programming will be balanced between local news, with specific emphasis on
topics of relevance to youth. Those can
be youth crime, technology, cultural issues, pop culture, and then the
international news ‑‑ we not only have to cover world events,
but we need to put some framework around those world events and deliver that
information in a language that they understand.
2234 As
well, part of our news makeup is investigative journalism. Because community youth topics are not
widely covered, we need to assign a reporter to research and report on stories
that speak to this audience. We also
plan to use this investigative journalism as a marketing vehicle for our
weekend one‑hour public affairs programming, which we've called Word on
the Street.
2235 An
example of the topics we would cover there is there's a growing trend in the
Asian community to get plastic surgery to look more Western. So we would do reports throughout the week
on that, and different sides of the issue, in a way to drive the audience to an
open discussion on the weekend, which we then support on the interactive front
with a web site.
2236 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You say in your application that
the youth audience that you are targeting has a real appetite for international
news and information. Is two hours of
news a week a lot or a little to meet this appetite and this apparent failing
of the other radio stations to satisfy their appetite for international news
and information?
2237 MR.
SKI: What we have to understand is what
the target of the radio station is.
This radio station will be serving youth and young adults. As a result of that, music is going to be
the initial draw for those particular people.
It's what draws younger adults and youth to radio, and if we don't have
them in the tent, obviously there's not much more that we can do.
2238 As
a result of that, we felt it was important to make sure that the music was
there first and then the spoken word was an added component to that.
2239 Prem
can give you an idea of how that might work.
2240 MS GILL: Basically our spoken word and our news are
kind of extensions of each other. We're
looking at it all as a package. We are
the young adults, the young listeners in Vancouver. We are information junkies, as you noted, Madame Wiley. We are looking for information in all sorts
of places.
2241 My
colleague, Roma, kind of can tell you a little bit more about, you know, how
much time we spend on the web looking for information.
2242 But
because this is a savvy, sophisticated, very smart audience of people
that ‑‑ yes, they want news and information, but if they are
listening to a modern global music station, they also want more information
about the artists. That's why the other
spoken word programming we've proposed in addition to the news is all about the
music that they are listening to. And
this music, a lot of the world music that has come out in the past and still
is, is about things happening in our world and what connects us all together. It's almost like it's a seamless transition
going from our different types of spoken word programming that, yes, it is
about the music, but at the same time, it is looking at issues around the
world, issues in our city.
2243 As
I have been saying, there's a real buzz in this city that I don't feel when I
travel around Canada and go to other places.
The uniqueness here is that, yes, I'm very interested in the election
that's just happened in India, but why is it affecting my community here so
much, both the South Asian community and the non‑South Asian community?
2244 So
I think it's a real, yes, we want more information, but it's not just
necessarily in the daily news.
2245 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So, now, you said it was 6 to 8
hours, including the 2 hours of news.
So I would be correct, then, that what you would be left with, Miss
Prem, what you've just described, is 3 to 5 hours a week of complementary
spoken word programming, both long form and short form?
2246 MS GILL: Correct, yes.
2247 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: To satisfy this ‑‑
2248 MS GILL: It would be 8 hours a week. I think it's important ‑‑
2249 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Well, you have to ‑‑
2250 MS GILL: A minimum of 8 hours a week.
2251 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ deduct the 2 hours of news. So when I'm looking at the spoken word
programming other than news, which, if you deduct the 2 hours of news, you have
3 to 5 hours a week.
2252 MR.
FARINA: Madam Commissioner, it's
actually two and a half hours of news, unless you're discounting the 5 to 6
a.m. hour, because it's 32 minutes a week, Monday to Friday. Two and a half hours.
2253 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: If you discount the 5 to 6 ‑‑
2254 MR.
FARINA: Then it's 2 hours.
2255 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. And the interstitial programming or short form would be 3 to 5
minutes in length.
2256 MR.
FARINA: That's correct.
2257 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And the long form?
2258 MR.
FARINA: The long‑form programming
is an hour in length.
2259 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: That's the hour that was
included with the news that you're talking about.
2260 MS GILL: There is a variety of long‑form
programming that we've proposed. Three
of the programs that relate directly to the music are one hour each and then
one hour of Word on the Street a week.
2261 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, how will you gather the
news? Will you use synergies from other
CHUM stations in the city?
2262 MR.
SKI: That's not our intention, and it
might be helpful to understand a little bit about how the three current CHUM
stations operate. They're in quite
diverse formats. One is a soft adult
contemporary station, another is a sports station, and the other is a talk
radio station that's targeted to women.
2263 As
a result of that, those three stations are quite distinct in their
approach. There's really no crossover
between one station and another in terms of the hosts. In addition to that, our sales forces for
all three of those stations are different.
2264 So
I would imagine that there's the possibility of possibly a reporter covering a
particular feature, and we wouldn't send two reporters to that, and that
information might be brought back to the station, and at that point it would be
interpreted by whoever is responsible for the information on any one of those
stations, because they each have their own special character. So it's very difficult for us to take a news
story, a news feature that's done for one station and it's complementary to
that station; it wouldn't be complementary to any of the other stations.
2265 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Miss Prem, the spoken word, you
emphasize, is going to be very much connected to the music as interstitial, et
cetera.
2266 Explain
to me the ‑‑ both in your research, audience research, at page
1 it talks about trying to find the desire for multicultural talk, and you
yourselves, in more than one area in your application, talk of spoken word that
encourages and promotes cross‑cultural understanding. How will that operate, considering that
it'll be in English and it will be mostly connected to the music played?
2267 MS GILL: As we noted ‑‑ you know,
I'm not here, of course, to speak for all of the young people of Vancouver, but
as someone who is, you know, I'm very active in the local cultural communities and
the youth scene. We talk to each other
in English. Even when I'm talking to
other young South Asian people, we're not hanging out and speaking Punjabi.
2268 So
I think it's important to note that, yes, the importance of cross‑cultural
programming is that it is in English because that's the language that binds us
together. And when we have a program
like Women In Global Music, which is one of the long‑form programs we are
proposing, if we have someone ‑‑ we have a local music festival
in Vancouver every year called Rock for Choice, and it features independent
Canadian artists, and it's a women's music festival. So that is, at the same time, local, but it also is ‑‑
Rock for Choice is a pro‑choice music festival. So that creates all kinds of interesting dialogue. And because of our desire to have our
listeners involved with us, whether it's through the web or through text
messaging or through any other wireless means or calling us during these shows,
that's a way for us to promote that kind of dialogue.
2269 So
we're not just looking at issues about culture, necessarily, always, or issues
about racial things, but, you know, we are complex ‑‑ as all
of us are ‑‑ we're complex people who think about all types of
issues and the broad range of stuff going on in our communities.
2270 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You have mentioned TV programs
that CHUM has been successful with, such as Colour TV and Ethnosonic. How easily can these programs be adapted or
recreated for the radio medium?
2271 MS GILL: Well, television is visual, obviously, and
radio people are listening to it. So as
much as there may be elements of these programs that will inspire some of the
stuff happening on PlanetRadio, the topics that we cover on ‑‑
let me sort of go back for a second.
2272
Ethnosonic, we've talked about it, we talked about it in our opening statement,
is a world music video program, and it is the rhythms and the songs that people
are listening and watching it for, but people watch music videos for different
reasons than they listen to radio. I
mean, this whole station is building on our experience with Ethnosonic and the response
that we've had from local viewers. In
that sense, yes, it's something to build on, based on our experience.
2273 I
mean, our unique experience at Citytv Vancouver has been that this cross‑cultural
type of programming ‑‑ and for us, it's just part of our local
programming schedule, and local programming in Vancouver happens to be cross‑cultural ‑‑
is that it's just a natural extension of what's going on on the streets of our
city.
2274 On
Colour TV, I talk about everything from what's happening in Hollywood when it
comes to portrayal of the gay and lesbian community to what's happening with
the local Israeli and Palestinian communities and, you know, what they think of
the cease‑fire. There's such a
broad range of topics and stories that I'm constantly being pitched for both
Colour TV.
2275 Ethnosonic
is a music video show, but if it was a different type of program, there's so
many world music artists that are coming through our city constantly that you
can't always, you know, find a place for them on television. But with a place like PlanetRadio, you know,
there's a local artist named Xavier Rudd who's huge in Australia, but he had a
sold‑out concert at the Commodore Ballroom in Vancouver on Friday night,
yet nobody on mainstream radio would know that.
2276 So
that's part of our excitement for kind of building on our experience with our
cross‑cultural programming on Citytv in Vancouver, is that there's so
much potential and opportunities to extend what we've learned from our
television experience on to a property like PlanetRadio.
2277 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Word on the Street on Sundays is
going to be your hour of public affairs programming aimed at encouraging cross‑cultural
understanding. Who will be involved in
formulating this? Will it include open
line? Will it include youth of various
ethnic groups participating? What is it
going to sound like, or is it again going to be wrapped around music, musical
artists?
2278 MS GILL: Word on the Street will actually be an
extension of our news and information programming. If this week we have looked at, as Rob mentioned ‑‑
and it sounds very strange that this idea of Asian people, who are beautiful
people wanting to look more Western, this is kind of a hot topic and it's very
controversial. This could be a feature
news story that was on earlier in the week on PlanetRadio, and on the weekend,
we might bring in somebody who's had the surgery and not had the surgery and
have the reporter who did the story also come in and ‑‑ it's
an extension of what news can't necessarily always do. We can expand on topics.
2279 Cross‑cultural
understanding ‑‑ we understand each other a lot; there's just
a lot of complexities and sameness and cultural issues that we're all dealing
with that a program like Word on the Street can be just another link, instead
of sort of having, you know, programming kind of segregated and, "Okay,
I'm going to have the Punjabi hour now and we're going to talk about issues for
young South Asian women in the Punjabi community," well, our issues are
actually the same or very similar to someone in the Korean community or someone
in the Aboriginal community, that we all are kind of dealing with the same kind
of reality. It's not necessarily linked
to our cultural heritage at all times.
2280 MS KHANNA: The other thing, Madam Vice‑Chair, to
keep in mind, in terms of building the stories and building the discussion, is
taking this multi‑platform approach that's very integral to the lifestyle
of people in this demographic under 35, so the idea of using the internet as a
forum for discussion, a forum to raise issues, to let debates rage in a more
open sense, and then to cull from that the most interesting discussion and
bring that to the on‑air environment is going to be an integral part of
how we look at this radio station format.
2281 You
were speaking earlier to the idea of how do you satisfy the appetite for world
news of this young demographic. Well,
when you look at a really complex media mix, and the complex media mix that
they consume, there's this concept of efficiency of medium. What medium does what best?
2282 FM
radio is fantastic for music, and the internet is fantastic for discussion and
debate. So it's not that the discussion
and the news doesn't take place on the radio signal itself, but it is
complemented by the other experiences that we're going to build into
PlanetRadio, because we're trying to make this reflective of the actual culture
of the first‑generation lifestyle.
A lot of these young people, myself being one included, don't speak
their native language fluently. In
fact, I speak French better than I speak Hindi and Punjabi, and that's because
I'm Canadian and I studied French for many years.
2283 So
we're trying to bring in this multifaceted approach to the discussion. I think it's going to be very important.
2284 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, I'd like to discuss with
you the perceived demand for the planet, and you filed an audience ‑‑
Research International Inc. ‑‑ study. In the very first paragraph, it talks about
Ottawa. Should that have been
Vancouver?
2285 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2286 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: People interviewed were between
the ages of 13 and 44. I love people
who think 44 is youth.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2287 MS GILL: Madonna is 47 now, and she's pretty
youthful.
2288 MR.
SKI: There are many of us on this panel
who agree with you, Madam Vice‑Chair.
2289 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Ever since we started chatting,
we've talked about youth and it's everywhere in your application. Only older people think of 44 as youth.
2290 What
is your core target audience? Even in
that study, we have, on page 4, 13 to 17, 18 to 24, 25 to 34, and 35 to 44,
looking at a result of listeners. What
is going to be your core audience?
2291 MR.
SKI: The core audience essentially is
13 to 34. We see that as youth and
young adults.
2292 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So 13 to 34. It doesn't mean you're not going to get some
beyond, but that will be more your target.
2293 How
does that make your study meaningful since it introduces 506 residents of
Vancouver between the ages of 13 and 44?
How do you measure demand for this type of music and also the value to
be ascribed to the fact that they don't feel served by the radio stations in
the market at the moment?
2294 MR.
SKI: It might be prudent to understand
the type of radio station this is, since it's not essentially a mainstream
format or a mainstream station.
2295 Most
mainstream radio stations have a fairly large core audience. We call those people P‑1s or primary
listeners. This radio station, being
more of a niche format, has a much smaller P‑1 or a much smaller core
audience.
2296 Having
said that, this type of radio station can be the second, third, or fourth
choice for people. So the peripheral
listening, the listening that goes beyond the core listening, is much larger to
a station of this nature than it would be to a station that's much more
mainstream, that needs to live off of a larger core.
2297 I
think, when we asked people about this particular type of station in the
audience research, I think almost 80 percent said there wasn't a radio station
of this type within the city. So we
were quite enthused by that.
2298 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, somewhere else you say as
well that in your view, youth has abandoned mainstream radio. But if we look at the results of the recent
BBMs, Fall '04, there are stations in Vancouver offering formats that are
appealing to youth and get very, very good shares between the 12 and 24 and
also the 25‑34. For example,
CFBT, a standards station, CKZZ and CFOX, they rank very high in Vancouver and
they have formats that appeal to young people from the BBM results.
2299 So
how do you explain this conclusion that the young people in Vancouver are not
served?
2300 MR.
SKI: I'll let our research director,
Kerry French, comment on that. But in a
market the size of Vancouver, the fact that only three radio stations are
responsible for approximately ‑‑ and I don't have the numbers
you have in front of you ‑‑ but possibly 50 percent of the
listeners actually shows that there's not much competition for younger
people. It shows the reverse.
2301 Kerry
may want to comment on youth and the fact that, as she mentioned earlier,
tuning in this particular market, in the Vancouver market, is down by about
three hours for youth and young adults.
Even though they're still listening to some of the radio stations, certainly,
tuning is on the decline. It's that way
across Canada; that's not just in Vancouver.
We just happen to see this particular format as a way to bring youth and
young adults back to the radio band.
2302 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. At page 3 of demand research, it's 13 to 44, it's 50 percent of
13 to 44 is served by four radio stations.
But I was looking at the ratings for the younger audiences that will be
your core market, and standard stations format, and CFOX and CFBT have formats
that obviously get shares among the 12 to 34.
2303 MS FRENCH: Madam Vice‑Chair, if I can just try
and frame that.
2304 We
say that youth are abandoning radio.
They're not totally abandoning it.
What's happening is, generally, listening to radio across the country
overall is maintaining the same level and has been for many years. It's this one group of individuals,
generally under 34, who are tuning less.
The tuning curve is going downhill.
This has been happening over a period of about 10 years. But over the past couple of years, if we go
back to fall 2001, the average number of hours spent with radio per week in
this demo has gone down 3 hours. That's
a significant drop.
2305 The
three stations that you mentioned that do target this demo, yes, they're
getting decent shares, but the share is of a declining pie.
2306 We
believe that one of the reasons the decline is happening is that we, as
broadcasters, aren't serving them properly, and particularly the group that
we're targeted with PlanetRadio, the young multiculturals. We see, as Roma mentioned before, they're
consuming media on multiple platforms.
They're finding news, information, and music through the internet. What we need to do as broadcasters is to
stop that decline and try and bring those hours back up, and the only way we
can do that is to offer them something innovative, something that they're
searching for out there that they're not finding on radio.
2307 MR.
SKI: We might ask two members of our
advisory committee to maybe comment on that too, Madam Vice‑Chair.
2308 MR.
WONG: Hi. My name is Tom Wong, and I've been working with many community
organizations providing community programming for Asian Heritage Month, the
Dragon Boat Festival, the Vancouver Public Library, Word on the Street ‑‑
they're searching for how to grab the youth.
2309 What
we find is, everybody is looking for ways to express our own ethnic cultures. So we search on the internet for that. A lot of it goes word by mouth, but we don't
find it on mainstream radio.
2310 For
myself growing up, listening to mainstream radio, we all wanted to be rock
singers or whatever else. But part of
it is, we didn't find people representing our own ethnic cultures. We're finding that more and more now. Kid Koala Kiran Aluwahlia ‑‑
we find our ethnic voice out in song but we can't find it on radio very often.
2311 So
I think what PlanetRadio is proposing really touches us, and it's been great
meeting Ndidi Cascade here, because she's involved with Black History Month,
and we're finding all these similarities of expressing our identity, the quest
for Canada's youth to find that identity, that sense of belonging, we find also
in other communities, that they've gone through the struggles, they go through
the same issues, and we find that our communication is through the English
language.
2312 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You have also filed some market
research. At page 12 it says that:
2313 "Based
on tuning assumption, CHUM has projected the advertising revenues for the new
station."
2314 And
your tuning assumptions were filed as an attachment to the deficiency letter,
and it projects, in year 1, a 3 percent share, and in your seventh, 4 percent
share.
2315 Now,
we've had this discussion with another applicant earlier. What are these market hours? What do they represent?
2316 I
have in year one 3,451,000 market hours and then station hours of a million,
and I don't get 3 percent.
2317 MR.
SKI: I'll let Kerry take you through
those numbers.
2318 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: What are the hours?
2319 Also,
I'd like to ‑‑ we'd like you to address, as you explain how
you got your share, what is the audience that you are putting into your tuning
assumptions?
2320 In
that market research at page 2, it says that it won't be limited to ethnic
groups. Other Vancouver listeners in
the 13‑48 group ‑‑ I gather non‑ethnic or
mainstream population ‑‑ and at page 12, from this target
group, which includes the mainstream, I guess, your tuning shares were
calculated.
2321 So
how was it calculated and what audience, as between ethnic and non‑ethnic,
was put into those hours?
2322 MS FRENCH: Madam Vice‑Chair, if I can first
explain the numbers, the projected numbers that we came up with were based on
the Spring 2004 BBM numbers, and we looked at the total hours of tuning in the
market at ‑‑
2323 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Hours of tuning in the Vancouver
radio ‑‑
2324 MS FRENCH: Yes, Vancouver CMA as 34 million.
2325 We
looked at this from a couple of perspectives.
The total tuning that we expect in our first year is about a million
hours, which translates to 3 percent of the total radio tuning to any radio
station in Vancouver.
2326 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So a million station hours.
2327 MS FRENCH: Yes.
2328 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Have you an idea of how that
will break down between ethnic and mainstream?
2329 MS FRENCH: We fully expect, although there isn't an
actual way to quantify this totally, but we expect it'll be about 60/40: 60 from the multicultural communities and 40
percent from non‑visible minorities.
We project that from our experience and also from the available pool of
listeners.
2330 As
you mention, our economic report, it states that 39 percent of Vancouver's population
15 to 44 ‑‑ and we use that 44, very simply, because it's a
Stats Can break. They don't break that
at 34.
2331 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. So when you talk about 60 ethnic, 40 mainstream, how does that
work with your market research at page 1, the third paragraph, where it states:
2332 "A
station that would be aimed at people of diverse ethnic origins."
2333 So
that aim would be 60 percent. The other
40, it would also be aimed at the mainstream.
2334 MR.
MILLER: Madam Vice‑Chair, Kerry
will get through some of the precision, but there's two things I just want to
point out.
2335 First
of all, this is a top‑down piece of research, and then we did our own
bottom‑up research that was used for our specific financials.
2336 The
point that we're trying to say here and that reflects in that 60/40 split is,
in our target demographic, they represent Aboriginal and ethnic Vancouverites,
about 39 percent of that demographic in Vancouver. So when we look at the format that we're proposing, we will, in a
sense, overrepresent that make‑up, but we acknowledge that, by virtue of
the whole format ‑‑ and we think it's a good thing ‑‑
that non‑Aboriginal, non‑ethnic Vancouverites in that younger adult‑youth
demo will also find it interesting.
2337 So
our sense, and it's hard to be precise, is that's how you end up with that
60/40 split.
2338 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, let's look at the sources
of your expected revenues. You have, in
answer to a deficiency question at page 4 of your response, put down the
sources of your revenues, a percentage expected.
2339 What
are the other radio stations that you expect to draw 20 percent of your revenue
from? Are they the ones that I
suggested were aimed at youth?
2340 MR.
SKI: They are partially, Madam Vice‑Chair,
but when we did our calculations ‑‑ and Kerry can provide you
with more detail on that ‑‑ I think that, since we expected
less than maybe 5 percent of the tuning, that 5 percent of the dollars might
come from those particular radio stations; but, again, because we think that
this will be, as we mentioned earlier, a second, third, or fourth choice of
people who are listening to the radio, that's why we don't see much of an
impact on those radio stations. On any
one of them, I think the maximum, according to our estimates, would be about 5
percent.
2341 Kerry
may want to ‑‑
2342 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Five percent of any one ‑‑
2343 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2344 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ of your expected revenues in your projections would
come from one station?
2345 MR.
SKI: Correct.
2346 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: The multicultural media, 10
percent, what is that?
2347 MS FRENCH: I think, Madam Vice‑Chair, the current
available choices to reach these visible minority youth, it's hard to target
them specifically because most of the ethnic media have a wider demographic, so
it becomes very expensive and difficult to really zone in on the core of the audience
that we're going to attract. So I think
there will be cases where people who would normally advertise on whatever
ethnic media they choose to in this market would look at us as an addition to
what they do.
2348 So
in both cases, in the cases of the radio stations and the other ethnic media,
we wouldn't necessarily take advertisers totally away of them. We would become part of their advertising
mix. So we would be taking part of the
pie.
2349 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Now, I think we have a ‑‑
at least I have a better sense of what the plan will sound like, so it will be
all spoken word, but for incidental spoken word, will be in English. You expect your audience to be 60 percent
ethnic and 40 percent mainstream. When
asked if this music would appeal to mainstream English heritage, you very
enthusiastically answered "Absolutely."
2350 So,
of course, the question that this raises:
To what extent does this application respond to the call?
2351 Now,
the call, as you know, was triggered by an ethnic application, and the
response, and you consistently repeat, that it will be, as required by the
call:
2352 "
... radio programming that clearly reflects the diversity of languages ...
"
2353 I
have difficulty seeing the extent to which it will reflect the diversity of
languages given the very small amount of song selections that will be in
languages other than English and French, plus all the spoken world, the
interstitial connecting. Where is the
reflection of languages?
2354 MR.
MILLER: Madam Vice‑Chair, I will
start.
2355 Again,
we saw the call as a call for services that reflect diversity, and we took it
that by deliberately not making a call for ethnic applications, the Commission
invited parties to come up with different ways of reflecting that
diversity. Some of the discussions we've
had, including Madam Pennefather's discussion on cross‑cultural
programming yesterday, shows that while cross‑cultural English‑language
programming that targets different cultural groups may have public policy
value, it doesn't fall within the definition of ethnic programming or the
ethnic broadcasting policy.
2356 What
we took from this call, however, is that you acknowledge that there are other
ways of doing it, by serving the Aboriginal community, for example, or
different communities, and the three‑part test, if you will, of
reflecting the diversity of languages as well as the multicultural and
multiethnic reality, was the way we looked at it. We looked at it as a three‑part test.
2357 In
terms of reflecting the diversity of languages, we think that 20 percent
minimum commitment in our music is a very significant commitment because,
again, given that our target audience is a very sophisticated, younger
audience, and we're trying to reach them through the universal language of
music, that that was the right level and that showed clear response to that
need for diversity of languages.
2358 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: It must be the universal
language of music, because your Category 2 music is going to be 75 percent of
96 hours of music, and a relatively small proportion of that will be in
languages other than music. So you
would have to say that music is language diversity reflection, even if the
songs are in English and also the interstitials and all the material in
between. You feel it still fits
reflection of languages?
2359 MR.
MILLER: Very much so, and I'd invite
some of our other members of the team to reflect on that.
2360 MS KHANNA: We have to remember, when we're looking at first‑generation
youth around the world, they often are singing in English, even though the
music is garnering its influences from their home culture.
2361 I'll
give you an example of a band out of the U.K. called Cornershop, which a lot of
young people will be very familiar with because they're a fantastically
talented group. They have traditional
sitars in their music, tabla music. The
idea of being named Cornershop is reflective of the experiences of South Asian
youth living in the U.K., yet everything they sing is sung in English. They use quarter‑tone scale in some of
their singing, which is a South Asian influence but, again, the actual words
that they're singing are actually in English.
2362 So
that's the type of music that may make up some of the English‑language
programming.
2363 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: All the other applications we
have before us for this frequency are specialty licences, specialty
applications, and they are ethnic.
2364 How
easy would it be for an experienced broadcaster like CHUM to morph this into an
absolutely mainstream radio station that is not that different from the urban
dance type of application that we have heard in the last few years?
2365 MR.
SKI: I think I'll start, Madam Vice‑Chair,
by saying, as we mentioned, we struggled with this a little bit when we were
putting together the application, just because ‑‑
2366 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So did I.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2367 MR.
SKI: Well, let me see if I can help.
2368 When
we looked again at the sub‑categories, world beat and international, sub‑category
33, and I touched on this earlier, we just felt that we couldn't put a
contemporary radio station on the air that reached youth and young adults given
the descriptors of the type of music that we would have to play in order to do
that, whereas the jazz sub‑category is quite different.
2369 What
we thought we would do, and since this particular format is unknown and quite
different, although it's a very exciting new format, we think, that will end up
in probably several markets across the country, we wanted to give some comfort
and so we proposed conditions of licence that would make it necessary for us to
stay in that particular format. One is
45 percent of the music. We'll start
with that.
2370 Forty‑five
percent of our music is coming from outside of North America; secondly, 20
percent of the music will be in a language other than English or French; and 35
percent of the music will be Canadian, and half of that will be uncharted.
2371 If
you take a look at the music that's going to be played from outside of North
America, and essentially that would be music that's not produced and recorded
in the U.S., the remaining amount, I believe, is about 20 percent. It's pretty difficult to mount a radio
station or to put a radio station on the air where 20 percent of the music is
from the United States, whereas, on the other hand, most of the mainstream
radio stations, I would guess ‑‑ and I know we've done a
little bit of an analysis ‑‑ but 95 percent of the music that
they play would be from the U.S.
2372 So
there's quite a difference between 95 percent, 90‑95 percent, and that
remaining 20 percent if, in fact, it was all from the U.S.
2373 I
think Rob has some other figures that he calculated also.
2374 MR.
MILLER: Just to give the Commission
some framework, the current Billboard Chart, dated February 26, the Hot Hundred
Singles Chart, not one song originating from outside of North America in the
top 40.
2375 When
we expand it to the entire hundred songs on the chart, only two artists are
from outside of North America, and both are rock artists.
2376 In
Canada, we looked at the Canadian Music Network Chart for the top 40 playlists,
dated also the week of February 26 ‑‑ my apologies, dated the
week of February 13th ‑‑ that issue wasn't out yet. Of the top 40 songs, only one song
originated from outside North America.
2377 As
a final illustration, we took a look at the Top 40 station here in Vancouver,
CFBT, and we looked at the playlist of the top 40 spins and found not one song
in the top 40 spins of that radio station was from a song that originated from
outside North America.
2378 I
think that's important to illustrate because there's a notion that on the top
40 charts there's a mix of the most popular music from around the world. But because of the huge influence of
American culture we're not seeing that diversity of this music that is, you
know, getting airplay and garnering large audiences all over the world, it
isn't really being played. And these
artists, when they do come to markets like Vancouver or markets like Toronto,
they'll play G.M. Place or the Air Canada Centre, and it will be under the
radar of the mainstream media, yet these artists sell out these huge arena
shows with no airplay, yet a fan base exists under the radar.
2379 These
are the cultural navigators we want to reach.
These are the people we want to repatriate to our medium.
2380 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: My last question is, the
commitments you were prepared to accept as conditions of licence is somewhat
different from what is in the application.
2381 Would
you take your response in the deficiency letter at page 7, and then we'll go
over them to make sure we understand what today's commitments are.
2382 At
the bottom of page 7.
2383 "To
ensure we achieve what we are proposing, we will also commit to the following
conditions of licence:"
2384 So
45 percent of musical selections will come from outside North America.
2385 MR.
SKI: That's correct. I should mention, these are all minimums.
2386 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And 35 percent of musical
selections will be Canadian, and 50 percent of those songs. So you have now said 35 percent Canadian
overall, so we should remove the word "songs"; correct?
2387 MR.
SKI: Correct.
2388 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Thirty‑five percent of all
musical selections will be Canadian?
2389 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2390 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay. So that will cover 2 and 3.
For that purpose, we remove "songs," because some of the music
won't be.
2391 And
then 50 percent of the songs will be uncharted?
2392 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2393 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay. And 20 percent of all musical selections will be in languages
other than English and French?
2394 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2395 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: That will cover Category 3, and
pop music as well, despite the concern, Mr. Miller, you have, that if it's in
English, then it's not Category 3, right?
So what exactly is this? Is this
of all musical selection?
2396 MR.
MILLER: It is 20 percent of all musical
selections, but in reality, that 20 percent would probably come out of the
Category 3 selections.
2397 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Category 3, because the others
will be pop, in Category 2.
2398 Now,
of course ‑‑ oh, yes, another question:
2399 At
6.2 of your application, you have ticked off SCMO, as use of SCMO. Do you have a deal already?
2400 MR.
MILLER: I have to assume that was a
mistake.
2401 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Or is that just saying that you
will have that or you will use it or what?
It's at 6.2 of the application form ‑‑ well, if you're
not answering, you obviously don't have a deal already.
2402 MR.
SKI: That's correct.
2403 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay. I was wondering if maybe you have one of the languages and so on.
2404 Now,
everybody has asked why you should get this coveted frequency, and I'd like you
to put into the mix, everything else being equal, the extent to which it
responds to the call, which, unlike other situations, was triggered by an
ethnic application and narrowed by the Commission.
2405 MR.
SKI: Madam Vice‑Chair, let me
first of all say that we think that this is a new, innovative format, it
appeals to the global music sensibilities and multiple identities of
Vancouver's highly diverse youth, and it will appeal and reflect both the
multicultural heritage and urban reality of being a young Vancouverite, and I
think you've heard from some of the young Vancouverites here on the panel.
2406 What
we want to do ‑‑
2407 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Including you.
2408 MR.
SKI: Yes, including me. Thank you.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2409 I
appreciate that.
2410 What
we're trying to become here is a meaningful part of the media mix that these
young adults actually consume.
2411 There
was an interesting comment from Sam Feldman, who is a local manager, he manages
Diana Krall and Joni Mitchell and others, in the Vancouver Province on Sunday,
which was, I think, quite instructive.
He said there isn't one station in Vancouver that reflects the soul of
the city. And that's what we want to
do.
2412 Let
me be more specific. We think it's a
new, innovative approach that reflects diversity and fills a void between
traditional ethnic radio stations and commercial radio stations. Why is that? If you tune to an ethnic station, you tune by the hour for
various programs and different languages, whereas with ours, as we've said, I
think, the unity is in the diversity.
2413 This
particular station targets ethnic and Aboriginal and youth, a demo that has
increasingly abandoned commercial radio and is not well‑served by ethnic
radio. These younger people are
culturally fluid, more fluid certainly than the first generation.
2414 It
combines the full support of Canadian talent ‑‑ 35 percent Can‑con,
as we have said ‑‑ and significant Canadian talent development
funds.
2415 In
addition, I think we made a conscious effort to tell you how diverse, first of
all, the music would be, the spoken word, and, of course, the staffing.
2416 We
think the station will add diversity, and not just add diversity, but embrace
it and express it in a number of different ways.
2417 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Thank you, ladies and gentlemen.
2418
2419 Mr.
Roman and I are delighted to be so young.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2420 Thank
you, Mr. Chairman.
2421 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you. Just a few follow‑up questions, Mr.
Ski.
2422 I'm
turning to your presentation today, page 6.
You refer at the second paragraph to the decline in 12 to 34 listening,
and I was trying to compare the 3 hours to 15.4 with your supplementary brief,
page 18, where you indicate an 11.9 drop in that period over Canada, and you
said a similar decline in Vancouver.
Could you help me with the math there?
2423 MR.
SKI: I'll ask Kerry to explain that to
you, Mr. Chair.
2424 MS FRENCH: I think, Mr. Chair, what we're looking at
are time frames. When we looked at the
Fall 2001 BBM, the tuning by 12 to 34s was 18.4 hours a week.
2425 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Pardon me? 18.4?
2426 MS FRENCH: Yeah.
And it's down to 15.4, and that's the difference of 3 hours per week.
2427 THE
CHAIRPERSON: The footnote in your
supplementary brief, you refer to 2001 as the starting point there. It just says BBM surveys, so perhaps you
chose a different time frame. But the
math I don't think works if you use the 11.9 or anything like it.
2428 Do
you know what period you're using in the supplementary brief? What 2001 survey were you using?
2429 MS FRENCH: It could have been Spring. Let me just double‑check that.
2430 What
page were you referring to in the supplementary?
2431 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Page 18. This suggests that it meant up in 2001, in
the fall, and then came down, suggesting more of an up‑and‑down.
2432 MS FRENCH: I think the difference there is per capita. There's a difference between average and per
capita. With average, you're looking at
the number of people actually tuning to radio, divided into the total number of
tuning; whereas per capita means the population.
2433 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Right.
2434 MS FRENCH: That's where the difference may be, because
radio, in this demo, doesn't reach 100 percent of a demographic group.
2435 THE
CHAIRPERSON: What would have been the
two reference points of which 11.9 is the decline?
2436 MS FRENCH: We're talking about 11.9 percent?
2437 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Yes. Per capita tuning doesn't mean hours?
2438 MS FRENCH: Yes, it means per capita, meaning the total
population ‑‑
2439 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Perhaps you could just,
rather than us kind of search here, just reconcile those two numbers, if you
could?
2440 MS FRENCH: Yes, certainly. We would be happy to do that.
2441 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Then further on that page,
at the bottom, you quote the under 45 percent of visible minorities. Then under 25, your demographic is, of
course, a 34 to 12. So do you have the
35, under 35, number for that?
2442 MS FRENCH: As I said before, the Stats Can break for
visible minorities is 24 and then 44.
2443 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Oh, I see.
2444 MS FRENCH: They don't have a 34 bracket.
2445 THE
CHAIRPERSON: They didn't have a 34.
2446 So
it's impossible to really estimate it by splitting the difference between
37 ‑‑ so you just don't have that information.
2447 MS FRENCH: We could do that estimate for you.
2448 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Well, no. It was just interesting to try and figure it
out. You know, the fundamental question
here is, is this the appropriate application to address what appears to be a
major gap in the radio market in Vancouver?
We have the South Asian population of 20‑plus percent, the hours
currently in Vancouver radio serving them ‑‑ somewhere in the
5 to 7 percent range ‑‑ and we have applicants, who are like
Prem Gill's mother, I suppose, who are listening to that radio and who are
underserved by the normal standards we would use. Particularly in view of your demographic and your format, this
clearly doesn't serve that particular community. I guess that's the uphill battle that you're facing in this
particular proceeding.
2449 MR.
MILLER: Mr. Chair, I don't think we see
it as an either/or proposition. I think
Roma hit the nail on the head when she talked about the efficiency of the use
of that frequency and that FM station.
Obviously an FM station is predominantly music‑oriented, and what
we're saying is, the underserved younger adult Aboriginal and ethnic audience
is itself a very underserved niche.
It's the void between commercial and whatever.
2450 We
would fully imagine that some of the more targeted South Asian applications you
have before you would also warrant licensing.
2451 MS GILL: Just a note on my mother for a moment?
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2452 THE
CHAIRPERSON: You raised her first.
2453 MS GILL: Mrs. Gill is a lovely woman. She's a fabulous cook, although she made
chicken ‑‑
2454 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Williams
says, no, she raised you.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2455 MS GILL: The really neat thing that's happening is
that my mother ‑‑ Roma mentioned Cornershop, and my mother
loves Cornershop because ‑‑ not necessarily that she relates
to the music, but when she first saw the videos on MuchMusic even up to four
years ago, it was, like, "Who are these young South Asian guys?" And they're finding their own place in the
so‑called new lands. I think
that's part of, you know, maybe the older generation's seeing younger people
involved in mainstream media and just really having a sense of pride for that
community and wanting to really see it.
2456 The
other night at my parents' place watching the Academy Awards, and the one of
the nominees for a short film was a young South Asian man, and sitting next to
him was a South Asian woman in a sari; and my mother was like, "Oh, my
god, that's so wonderful. We need to
see more of that." That's what
we're missing in the mainstream media sometimes, is that, you know, we are the
mainstream in a sense.
2457 We
talk about the mainstream, we talk about the ethnic, but really the visible
minority and Aboriginal communities in Vancouver are ‑‑ we are
going to be emerging more and more into the mainstream, and there's a real
sense of that pride that my parents or even my grandparents, for that matter,
really want to see us sort of connecting ‑‑ it's sort of the
middle ground between the commercial mainstream radio and the ethnic
radio. They're seeing something
happening in the middle, and they have an interest in that.
2458 And
she's a good cook, really.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2459 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you for your
presentation, an interesting application.
2460 Commissioner
Langford?
2461 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Just a quick question kind of
into the realm of, did you ever think of this as an alternative?
2462 It
occurs to me that CHUM, being a pretty professional crowd, you must have looked
at almost every format opportunity before you settled on this one, or while you
were settling on this one. You know how
the game is played, and you're in every market in Canada and you know how to
read a public notice, as you demonstrated today, and you've brought a lot of
enthusiasm to this, and I don't want to, in any sense, say, well, I'm just
sweeping that off the table.
2463 But
in looking at some of these other formats, I wonder if it occurred to you to
use some of the resources you've already got differently? Because we've got quite a few applications
here for AM radio stations, and you've got two of them already, none of which
is setting the world on fire in the sense of market share, as most AMs aren't
these days.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2464 And
here's this great opportunity in this great market that you and everyone else
has identified, and did it ever occur to you to change the format ‑‑
perhaps not to this exact format that you've demonstrated today, but to some
format that would serve this underserved market?
2465 MR.
SKI: You're asking why we didn't change
one of our existing stations to this particular format?
2466 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mm‑hmm. I mean, you've got what a lot of people who
are here this week would love to have.
You've got it twice. You've got
two AM stations which, according to the fall returns, have fairly small market
shares ‑‑ as many AMs do.
I don't say that to be critical, but it's just the reality of life.
2467 Did
it occur to you, in your strategic planning for these applications, to perhaps
reorient one of your AMs that you have along a different line to serve this
underserved market?
2468 MR.
SKI: We do have two AMs, as you
mentioned, and I tend to think they are starting to set the world on fire. I'm not saying that just because I believe
the manager of our station is in this room.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2469 But
in part because I was maybe instrumental in changing the format of those radio
stations.
2470 It
is a little difficult on the AM band, but we're probably as successful or have
become successful and are becoming even more successful with these two radio
stations. These radio stations, both
CFUN and The Team, in fact I think are ‑‑ the revenue that
they produce is revenue that's higher than the revenue that this particular
station will produce. It's taken a long
while to build that up.
2471 When
you're able to build on AM any kind of a franchise, and normally that franchise
is going to be some type of spoken word, whether it's talk or sports or some
other format, and develop that psychological affiliation with the audience, now
is not the time for us, we believe, to throw that away. We really believe that these two radio
stations, that are quite different ‑‑ and although the ratings
of those particular radio stations have not set the world on fire, it doesn't
really matter because when you have a talk format or a sports format, those
particular types of radio stations perform better from a revenue standpoint
than if the share was the same on a non‑talk, non‑sports
station. I think we've talked about
power ratios previously. And that's an
example of it.
2472 These
two stations, although the ratings may be here, the revenue can be here, and
it's growing. It grows every year.
2473 So
that's the first point.
2474 I
think the second point is we have to remember who the target audience is for
this particular radio station. The
target audience is youth and young adults.
2475 We're
probably not going to bring them back to the radio on the AM band. Not when they have so many other choices
that are all digital. It's one of our
challenges that's been talked about before.
If we don't have the same type of sound that you can get on an FM or the
same type of sound or sound quality that these younger people can get from
their i‑Pods, MP3s, then they won't tune to the radio station.
2476 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thanks very much. That's my question.
2477 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
2478 That
completes your participation in phase 1.
2479 We
will break now and resume at 1:00 p.m. Nous reprendrons à 13 h 00.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1203 / Suspension à 1203
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1305 / Reprise à 1305
2480 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
2481 Mr.
Secretary.
2482 MR.
LeBEL: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2483 Item
6 on the agenda is an application by I.T. Productions Ltd. for a licence to
operate a commercial AM ethnic radio programming undertaking in Vancouver. The new station would operate on frequency
1200 kilohertz, with a transmitted power of 25,000 watts.
2484 Appearing
for the applicant is Mr. Sudhir Datta.
2485 I
will ask him to introduce his colleagues.
2486 You
have 20 minutes to make your presentation.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2487 MR.
DATTA: Thank you.
2488 Mr.
Chair and Members of the Commission, my name is Sudhir Datta and I am the
General Manager of IT Productions.
2489 Before
proceeding with our formal presentation, please allow me to introduce the panel
that has joined Shushma Datt and myself today.
2490 At
this table, starting to my right, is Shavilla Singh, a former broadcast
journalist with Fiji Broadcasting for 32 years and IT Productions director of
Special Programming since 1988.
2491 To
my left is the President and founder of IT Productions, Ms Shushma Datt.
2492 Next
to her is our legal counsel, Mr. Chris Weafer of Owen Bird, who has been
with us for 17 years.
2493 Simmi
Cheema joined us in 1995 as Director of Punjabi Programming. She is fluent in Punjabi, Urdu, Hindustani
and English.
2494 Behind
Shavilla Singh is Manu Chopra, who joined us from Grey (Advertising) Worldwide
in 2003 to head our Creative and Marketing Department and is fluent in Punjabi,
Hindustani and English.
2495 Gobinder
Gill, also of Punjabi Sikh heritage, has a 24‑year career in broadcasting
with Vancouver's CJVB, CBC and Fairchild before becoming our Advertising and
Accounts Manager a year ago.
2496 Sonia
Lotay, who joined IT Productions in 1998 as a graduate from UBC. She is our Director of Youth Programming and
is fluent in Punjabi, Hindustani and English.
2497 Shankar
Roy, a chartered accountant for 25 years, became our CFO in 2001.
2498 Lee
Davis, President of Vancity Capital, is our banker. And Grant McCormick is our Technical Advisor.
2499 I
would like to identify a number of our language producers, some of whom are in
the audience.
2500 Vito
Bruno, our Italian language producer, who we have worked with since 1978; Balan
Balasothy, the producer of our Tamil language programming and producer of the
long running Tamil show on the Shaw Multicultural Channel; Belal Azizi, our
producer of Farsi and Pushto programming; Ron Durana, an accomplished
performing artist who is our Filipino producer; Sumita Roy, our Bengali
producer ‑‑ an experienced Indian broadcaster and film maker;
Harinderjit Singh Sandhu and Pankaj Shah, who has been our Gujarati producer
for the past 11 years.
2501 Unfortunately,
Naheed Karim, our news director since 2003, is unable to attend today as she is
attending to a family emergency in Pakistan.
2502 Mr.
Chair and Members of the Commission, it is our privilege to appear today to
request approval for IT Productions to operate a licensed AM radio undertaking
to serve Vancouver.
2503 IT
Productions has been proudly serving Greater Vancouver's many and diverse South
Asian communities for 17 years.
2504 Our
17‑year success has been built on deep‑rooted commitments:
2505 (a)
to produce balanced and responsible programming that consistently respects all
views and values;
2506 (b)
to forge close, respectful working relationships with Greater Vancouver's
ethnic communities; and
2507 (c)
to build a tested and trusted professional broadcasting team that can sustain a
financially viable radio station for today's ethnic market.
2508 Our
success has been led by Shushma Datt, who has shown remarkable vision and
determination in her quest for responsible broadcasting for our region's ethnic
communities. Let me openly declare that
she is also my mother.
2509 But,
as importantly today, she is also an astute business partner and as former B.C.
Premier Mike Harcourt said in his intervention letter, she has been a positive
force in the community for the past 25 years.
2510 I
am very proud to have worked for her and with her in our business, building it
to the point where we are ready to move to the AM band in Vancouver.
2511 Shushma
Datt will expand on our plans for such an undertaking. But first, we would like to start with a
video presentation.
‑‑‑ Video
presentation / Présentation vidéo
2512 MS
DATT: Good afternoon. I am Shusma Datt.
2513 Let
me begin by thanking you for the opportunity to put forward our vision for a
new stable and successful broadcasting endeavour in Greater Vancouver.
2514 In
our presentation we will highlight the mission/vision for this proposed
station, the presentation of diverse cultures under one roof, our responsible
approach to broadcasting, our Canadian Talent Development to assist future
broadcasters, and last but not least our framework for programming and unique
program schedule.
2515 As
you are aware, IT Productions started Radio RimJhim, an SCMO service, when CJJR
applied to the Commission for the use of their sideband for programming to the
South Asian Community. The station went
on air on November 1, 1987, broadcasting 24 hours, 7 days a week.
2516 The
program grid evolved with time but the fundamental principles underpinning this
station have been in place: to provide balanced, professional, high quality,
inclusive programming for the whole South Asian community in full adherence to
the principles of the Broadcasting Act and regulations of the CRTC. Logger tapes have been kept, log sheets have
been followed, spoken word has been carefully monitored, on‑air staff was
either trained by organizations like All India Radio, BBC, NHK, Radio Pakistan
and Radio Fiji; or they were trained in‑house.
2517 All
this solid experience culminates today with our appearance before you to seek
your approval to move to the next level.
2518 As
you are aware, it was our application filed on 28 August 2003 set out in
Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2004‑55 which resulted in this call for
applications. The Commission indicated
the following as an important assessment factor:
"The contribution that the proposed
service will make to achieve the objectives established in the Broadcasting Act
and, in particular, to the production of local and regional programming."
2519 IT
Productions has been making significant contributions to meet these objectives
for the past 17 years. We have operated
within the spirit and intent of the Broadcasting Act notwithstanding our low
priority position within the regulatory framework as an SCMO service. These contributions to the objectives of the
Broadcasting Act are clearly articulated in thousands of letters which have
been filed in support of our application.
2520 We
have tried to be an effective, balanced service, meeting the Broadcasting Act
objectives for providing programming of high standards. We are broadcasters, plain and simple, and
our longevity in the market and the support we engender from the community
reflects the quality of our service and our commitment to providing a principled,
professional local broadcasting service.
2521 In
17 years we have had one complaint registered with the CRTC against our
programming, a complaint which was resolved in our favour.
2522 We
submit that approval of our application will ensure that a vital, long standing
operation serving Vancouver is maintained and expanded. We are before you today seeking an AM
licence to ensure that we can continue to contribute to meeting those
objectives set out in the Broadcasting Act.
2523 We
recognize that the Commission is concerned about the impact of a new entrant on
the market. Since our intent is to
serve a significant but underserved community in the Greater Vancouver area,
there will be no negative impact on incumbent stations. In addition to the two SCMO services, the
Vancouver South Asian community is primarily served over‑the‑air by
two AM radio stations which broadcast from Blaine, Washington.
2524 Our
aim is to repatriate listeners and revenues through a Canadian‑owned,
controlled and located over‑the‑air operation that provides quality
programming. The only stations which
may be impacted by approval of our application are these two Blaine, Washington‑based
operations.
2525 In
this respect we note that the Fairchild broadcast group, licensee for two of
the existing radio stations in Vancouver, has in its intervention indicated
that they do not oppose approval of our application, as we have clearly stated
that we will accept a condition of licence not to pursue Cantonese or Mandarin
language programming. We appreciate the
letter of support from Jim Pattison Industries, a significant player in the
Vancouver radio market, indicating that conventional radio has little concern
with the impact of our operation on the Vancouver radio market.
2526 Approval
of our application will therefore significantly enhance, not impede, the
Canadian Broadcasting Act objectives in terms of the competitive state of the
Vancouver ethnic market.
2527 Our
business plan is not complicated. We
already run a radio station which has been successful in the Vancouver market
on an SCMO basis. We are in a position
to move forward and operate the new AM service successfully within 12 months of
approval. We have the staff with
thousands of hours of broadcasting experience and a format that is proven in
the market.
2528 Our
confidence in our business plan has led us to make a commitment to the most
significant level of Canadian talent development among the AM licence
applicants.
2529 Our
contribution to the education and the arts is something we are very passionate
about. For instance, we have recognized
students who excel academically. We
host and enable communications students to do their practicum at our studios
for radio and television. We will
enhance this support through our commitment of $10,000 per year for seven years
to the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University and British
Columbia Institute of Technology to assist in scholarships to students focusing
on the journalism and broadcast‑related studies, from the language groups
we serve, especially the ones with fewer resources.
2530 A
total of $210,000 is being allotted for this over a period of seven years.
2531 IT
Productions has always encouraged literary expression. The Likhari Sabha will be given $15,000 per
year for seven years for organizing poetry reading competitions and to run a
talent search in cooperation with the Kala Mandir music school.
2532 For
the performing arts, our CTD contribution will be directed to Classical and New
Fusion, Bollywood style of dancing, which is hugely popular among our youth and
keeps them connected with their South Asian roots.
2533 Shaimak
Davar, a world renowned singer and choreographer who has opened an Indo Jazz
fusion school in North Vancouver, and The Natraj School of Dancing will be the
recipients of our CTD contribution, for a total of $70,000 over seven years.
2534 We
will also contribute $5,000 per year, for a total of $35,000 over seven years,
to the development of ethnic recordings.
2535 This
brings our total CTD contribution to $420,000 over seven years. In years 6 and 7 we will commit an
additional $100,000 which we plan to use for a talent search, as well as for
support and development of talent from the smaller language groups we serve.
2536 Sudhir
will now give you an overview of our programming framework and describe the key
programs that IT Productions has been known for in the community and which will
be an integral part of the new service.
2537 Thank
you.
2538 MR.
DATTA: Our programming approach has
been guided by meeting high standards of programming quality, inclusiveness,
balance, integrity and service to the community.
2539 Over
the years we have improved and expanded our program schedule by adding other
South Asian languages beyond the ones we started with, namely Punjabi,
Hindustani, Hindi and English.
Subsequently we added Urdu, Gujarati and Marathi. Today we look at the community and feel our
schedule is a comprehensive map of languages and groups that are connected to
one another by geographical and/or cultural proximity.
2540 Our
proposed station will be inclusive and serve the entire South Asian community
living in the Greater Vancouver area.
Our language policy is and will be inclusive, not exclusive. This includes Punjabis, who constitute 60
per cent of Greater Vancouver's South Asian population.
2541 But
as importantly, our station will also serve the non‑Punjabi speaking 40
per cent which includes Gujaratis, Marathis, Bengalis from Bengal and
Bangladesh, Tamilians from Tamil Nadu and Sri Lanka, Sinhalese from Sri Lanka
and Fiji Islanders. We will broadcast
in Urdu, the national language of Pakistan, as well as in Arabic.
2542 We
want to emphasize to the Commission our proposed Hindustani language
programming, as Hindustani is the most commonly understood language among South
Asians in Vancouver and around the world.
The Indian sub‑continent has over 25 recognized languages. India alone has 16 recognized state
languages and two official ones.
Hindustani is the bonding language between North, South, East and
West. It is the common language that
brings Bollywood and entertainment programs to the entire community.
2543 We
will also broadcast in Pushtu, Dari and Farsi to serve the immigrant population
who have come from Afghanistan and Iran.
On the East side of India are Malaysia and the Philippines where Indian
influence has existed for centuries, who we will serve through Malay and
Tagalog programming.
2544 And
finally, we propose an additional language group unrelated to our South Asian
and East Asian focus, but which responds to the lack of programming for the
fourth largest population sub‑group of Greater Vancouver ‑‑
namely the Italian community.
2545 IT
Productions has provided a balanced editorial voice in the Greater Vancouver
area for 17 years as an SCMO service.
We operate on behalf of the community as a whole and present news in a
fair and impartial manner without favouring any particular interest or interest
group over another. We base the
selection of news items for broadcast solely on journalistic principles.
2546 We
draw a clear distinction between news and opinion. An AM‑quality signal will enable this balanced voice to be
heard more widely and more clearly. The
thousands of letters of support we have received speak to our moderate and
inclusive news service.
2547 We
are a company very closely connected to our community. Virtually all of our programming is locally
produced and will continue to be so should we be granted this AM licence. We will continue to be dedicated to
reflecting the local community and we will exceed the Canadian content
commitments for an ethnic licence in the Vancouver market.
2548 Our
news, information, education and entertainment programming is dedicated to
interconnecting all language groups with one another. In particular, our programming for youth will be created by youth
for youth. Open discussion of issues
encourages sharing of ideas and bridging of cultural gaps. To provide in‑depth programming, we
focus on selected topics and have discussion of the issues over a number of
days in Gupshup. The programs inform
and involve the community at the grassroots level.
2549 Often
we are the only service to provide a particular type of programming. In this respect we are proud of being the
significant provider of health and wellness programming for seniors, to which
we will continue to dedicate two hours every Saturday.
2550 Our
station has made a special place in our programming schedule for stories about
women, their struggles, their successes and discussion of issues of
concern. The community has relied on
this station to provide this bridge.
For example, in 1998 at a coroner's inquest into the murder of a Merritt
woman of South Asian origin, the Coroner recognized and recommended that
RimJhim continue its public education programming about violence against women.
2551 It
is for her role in efforts like this by the station that Shushma was awarded
the Order of British Columbia.
2552 But
let me add here that IT Productions is not a one‑person show. With foresight, Shushma has ensured IT
Productions is a strong team with leadership committed to running a stable,
quality radio station for the future.
2553 I
actually am a good example of that foresight.
When I was just one month old, my mother would take me to the studio
where she would provide programming for CJVB‑AM. I was told Mr. Van Bruchem, the owner of
CJVB at the time, that I was a true radio baby. When I was in the studio I would cry my eyes out as the music
played, but as soon as my mother would put the mic feed up, I was quiet as could
be ‑‑ of course only to start screaming again as soon as the
mic went silent.
2554 I
am proud of the contribution this team is making to providing stable and
quality radio for Vancouver's South Asian communities and of the greater
contribution we can make in the future with a fully licensed station.
2555 In
conclusion, Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission, we believe that an AM
licence is best suited to provide service to South Asians throughout the Greater
Vancouver area. We believe that we are
best prepared to provide that service given our 17 years of experience
providing balanced, inclusive programming embracing the whole community and the
highly professional manner in which our operations have been conducted.
2556 MS
DATT: Thank you very much for your
attention, and we look forward to responding to your questions.
2557 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
2558 Commissioner
Williams.
2559 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Good afternoon, Mr. Datta and
Ms Datt.
2560 Mr.
Datta, you probably will be the youngest broadcaster to enter the Century Club.
2561 MR.
DATTA: That is what I have been told
many times, yes.
2562 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: My understanding is Gupshup
means chitchat. Would you please
confirm that for the record and what language is that in.
2563 MS
DATT: Gupshup means chitchat. This program was started about 14 years ago
on Radio RimJhim. Gupshup was started
so that people could understand what was going around; instead of giving news
bulletins to talk about news stories, to talk about things that concerned the
community on a whole, people who are staying at home.
2564 As
you know, parents when they come here as immigrants, husbands go out to earn
their living and kids go to school. So
both of them are proficient in English.
But the women stay at home so they are left behind.
2565 What
happens is that this program caters to women as well, and they were able to
understand what was going on in the world.
We would take the news stories and we would talk about them.
2566 The
program is in many languages. As you
have heard, the majority of our announcers speak more than three
languages. I host that program and I
speak six languages.
2567 If
somebody would talk to us in say Punjabi or Hindustani or Gujarati or Urdu or
English, the program would encompass all those languages.
2568 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I propose that we take the
form of a Gupshup this afternoon and have a chitchat about your application.
2569 MR.
DATTA: That sounds wonderful to us.
2570 MS
DATT: Let's do that.
2571 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: We will talk first about your
commitment to local programming.
2572 You
indicated in the response dated December 1, 2003 that you are committed to
providing a minimal level, a minimum level of 50 hours of local
programming. However, it is programming
schedule in fact virtually all local programming and it in fact would greatly
exceed 50 hours per week.
2573 How
many hours of local programming will be featured on your station in a typical
week?
2574 MS
DATT: The majority of our programming
will be local. When we were answering
that question, we gave an answer that a minimum of 50 hours would be
local. What we meant was it would be
more than 50 hours.
2575 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I am trying to establish how
much more. How much would that be?
2576 MR.
DATTA: I think in terms of programming
a minimum of 85 per cent of our programming would be local at any given time,
but I would say closer to almost 100 per cent would be local.
2577 I
don't really want to say 100 per cent just because of the fact that if
something comes up ‑‑
2578 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes. My next question would be: If the Commission were to impose on you a
condition of licence in regard to the minimum level of weekly local
programming ‑‑
2579 MR.
DATTA: We would be willing to accept 85
per cent as a condition of licence.
2580 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Eight‑five per cent.
2581 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2582 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Where would the remaining 15
per cent of your programming come from?
2583 MR.
DATTA: Like I said, most of the time it
won't be 85 per cent. It will be most
likely closer to 90 or 95 per cent.
2584 The
other programming it would probably come from would be news from India, because
we have daily three news bulletins coming in from Delhi, Fiji and Punjab.
2585 We
also have during courses of ‑‑
2586 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Just on the daily news
originating from those three centres, I think your application said that these
are paid news bureau staff.
2587 MR.
DATTA: Yes, they are staff.
2588 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Do you have permanent people
stationed in each of these centres?
2589 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2590 MS
DATT: They are our own staff. In fact, the staff in Delhi has been there
from day one. Ms Joshie(ph) and Mr.
Joshie used to work with me at the BBC, and when I came to Canada they
emigrated to India. When I told them in
1987 that we will be starting a radio station, it was natural to have them do
the news programming from there. We
then hired them as our staff.
2591 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What nature is the staff
relationship? Do they work a full day
for you or just part days? Is it like a
contract or is it a permanent employee there all day?
2592 MS
DATT: They are permanent
employees. If there is breaking news in
India, they would call right away and the news would go on‑air. During election times we would have news
bulletins happening. But that is very
rare.
2593 Usually
there is a 10‑minute news bulletin every evening at 6:30.
2594 MR.
DATTA: Which actually the newscasters
spend all day actually researching.
2595 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And preparing for that.
2596 MR.
DATTA: Yes, preparing for that one news
bulletin.
2597 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Do you have something to add?
2598 MR.
DATTA: Going back to the question about
85 per cent and what would the other 15 per cent be, the reason why I would say
to have 15 per cent as non‑local would be during the Indian election when
we have news bulletins on the hour, every hour, from India and from London and
from other places, in Punjab and so on and so forth, where elections are
covered on a regular basis.
2599 That
would obviously take up more of our local programming.
2600 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You have also indicated that
spoken word would make up 32 hours, or 25.5 per cent, of your total weekly
programming.
2601 What
percentage of the weekly programming will consist of music?
2602 MR.
DATTA: I'm sorry, could you please
repeat the question.
2603 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You indicated that spoken
word will make up 32 hours or 25.5 per cent of your total weekly programming.
2604 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2605 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What percentage of your
weekly programming will consist of music?
2606 MR.
DATTA: Basically the rest, 75 per cent,
will consist of music, will be music‑based programming.
2607 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You have also indicated you
intend on co‑producing programs with language producers to serve certain
communities. Maybe we could talk about
that for a little while.
2608 MS
DATT: Yes.
2609 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Of the 11 cultural groups you
serve, which ones will involve station staff and which will involve non‑station
staff co‑producers?
2610 MS
DATT: Bengali, Gujarati, Tamil will be
the station staff. Tagalog, Malay,
Farsi, Dari, Pushtu would be non‑station staff; and Italian.
2611 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes, there was one more;
thanks.
2612 MS
DATT: Italian was added on later on.
2613 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How will your station staff
be involved in these co‑productions?
What will their roles be?
2614 MS
DATT: When I first came to Canada, I
came in as an immigrant and as a person who worked with CJVB and I was like the
producers that we are currently talking about.
It is very difficult for a new immigrant who is gung‑ho to serve
the community to do programming for the community and pay for time or pay for
music, run around getting commercials.
2615 So
we decided ‑‑ and I always used to think about this: that if I
ever went and had a radio station, I would like to assist those people because
I have been there, I have done that. So
I would help them to produce their programming.
2616 So
we would provide studio facilities for them.
We would provide music if they needed that. The production of their program, the recording of their program,
would be done in our studios. And any
revenue that would come for their programming, which we would bring in, we
would share it with them. Any revenue
from commercials that they would bring in, they would keep 100 per cent of
that.
2617 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Have you already entered into
agreements with any program producers for purposes of co‑producing these
programs?
2618 MS
DATT: In principle, we have talked to
these producers. When you give us the
licence ‑‑ if we get the licence ‑‑ we will
get into contracts with them.
2619 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So no contracts have been
entered into yet then.
2620 MS
DATT: We have not signed any contracts
with them. But in principle, agreements
have been made.
2621 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So you know the revenue
sharing, as you have described.
2622 MS
DATT: That's right. And they are pretty happy with that.
2623 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: They are happy; okay.
2624 How
were these producers recruited? What
kind of radio experience do they have?
2625 MS
DATT: Our Italian producer,
Mr. Vito Bruno, has had experience since 1978. He is an icon in the Italian community. He has been broadcasting on radio and television.
2626 Our
Bengali producer is a film‑maker and a broadcaster from India. Our Tamil producer is doing television
programming right now. It is the
longest running TV show, Mr. Balan Balasothy.
2627 And
Ron Durana, who is our Tagalog producer, Philipino producer, is a professional
singer and has doubled into broadcasting.
2628 Belal
Azizi has done Pushto and Farsi broadcasting in Pakistan as a volunteer. He is very young and has joined us now.
2629 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: A tremendous level of
experience. How did you find these
people?
2630 MS
DATT: Some of them I have known ‑‑
I have been here for 32 years, so when anybody wants to get into broadcasting,
we usually do get a call from people saying:
"I would like to do some broadcasting. Do you have any time on your programming?" Or:
"We are going to do television programming. Can you assist us in any way?"
2631 Our
station has trained many people.
2632 In
fact, you have heard some applicants, many of their broadcasters have been
trained by us. We have had broadcasters
who have been trained here or have worked with us and have gone to Voice of
America.
2633 One
of our announcers is in Mumbai, and he is one of the popular hosts of the
morning show there. So getting trained
here and going to other places is not new to us. In fact, a CTV announcer started her practicum with us.
2634 We
find it quite encouraging when people call us and say: We would like to get training. We would like to find out how we can enter
this market. We have the facility for
them to come and have a look and learn; and if they want to go ahead further
into some other field, we encourage them.
2635 MR.
DATTA: I would like to add I think when
it comes to people coming to us and asking us if they can do programming with
us, and so on and so forth, I think the reason why they ask is because of the
fact that our reputation holds a high level of experience and expertise, not
just in speaking our languages but in actually broadcasting and in the field of
broadcasting.
2636 As
we have said, many of our announcers have had many years of experience in some
of the most prestigious broadcasting companies in the world. So it is that reputation that affords us the
ability to have all these people come to us and ask us to work with us.
2637 MS
DATT: I would like to add here, though,
when I first met Shavilla Singh, who is our Director of Special Programming, it
was in nineteen seventy...
2638 MS
SINGH: In 1979 when I came here for my
vacation from Radio Fiji that was the Fiji Broadcasting Commission. Shushma said: Shavilla, I have one hour programming on CJVB. What about you take half an hour from that,
do some news from Fiji and do a musical program?
2639 After
doing the program ‑‑ I think, Shushma, you better tell
them. How was my program?
2640 MS
DATT: We had a great response. People wanted her to stay here in 1979. Unfortunately, she had to go back. But when she came here in 1988, it was ‑‑
2641 MS
SINGH: Sorry, I came here in 1987.
2642 MS
DATT: But she didn't join us right
away.
2643 MS
SINGH: I didn't join right away. She said:
I am opening a radio station, and you and me will be working
together. I said great, that's very
nice.
2644 MS
DATT: So we have been working together
from day one.
2645 It
is very encouraging to see people coming to us and saying we would like to
learn. My mother used to say: Shushma, consider you are a school. If anybody worked with us and left us, I
would be very unhappy because I would miss that person. And she would say: Think of this as a school of teaching.
2646 MS
CHEEMA: If I may also add to that, in
my ten years of experience, I am proud to say that we are very well known for
our quality, experience and consistency.
Thank you.
2647 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How many hours a week would these
co‑productions represent?
2648 MS
DATT: Our Sunday programming schedule
will have programs starting from ‑‑ and let me get the
schedule out ‑‑ from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
2649 All
these programs will be produced in‑house.
2650 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: They are mainly on Sunday,
the smaller group programming?
2651 MS
DATT: That's right.
2652 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Can you explain your programming
strategy? Why did you pick Sunday and
that time to run these programs?
2653 MS
DATT: I am so glad you asked that.
2654 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You are welcome.
2655 MS
DATT: I believe that to present
programming on the proposed station that we have today, to present programming
for a community as large as the South Asian community, I wanted to do
programming for them, not for one hour a day, because when I used to work for CJVB
it was one hour a day. When I left CJVB
in 1979 I decided I would go back to radio only if I could do 24 hours for my
community.
2656 I
realized that all the other language groups that we have added in a way
geographically and culturally are attached to our community. But as a business, I would like to see that
there is a schedule which satisfies the listener and the advertiser.
2657 So
we decided to keep Monday to Saturday for the South Asian community to do
programming in Hindustani, Punjabi and Urdu and English. The Sunday schedule we decided would be for
language groups.
2658 When
I was speaking with Mr. Vito Bruno he specifically asked for 12:00 to
2:00. That is very important to the
Italian community, and we made that available for him.
2659 I
talked to the Gujarati community, and currently we are doing programming for
them from 10:00 to 11:00 in the morning.
That time suited them too.
2660 The
Tamil community, I talked to them about the time and that time suited them as
well.
2661 I
think because the station wants to cater to the South Asian community, I didn't
want to come up with a schedule with languages put in the middle of the day and
then come to you after six months or a year and say: You know what, when I was making that schedule, it sounded good
but it didn't make business sense to me.
I would like to change it and put them all now on Saturday or Sunday. I didn't want to do that.
2662 I
wanted to do this from day one to show you this is how we want to do it. We want to take this as a condition of
licence.
2663 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: All right. We will consider your offer.
2664 How
will you ensure that your station and co‑produced ethnic and third
language programming containing the spoken word material is relevant to each
community; for example, local community news and local events and information?
2665 How
will you make sure that remains important to the listeners?
2666 MS
DATT: As you know, we have been doing
this for the past 17 years. We have
listeners who call us in our Gupshup programming and are very open to
appreciate our programs or criticize our programs.
2667 Gupshup
is a program that allows them to voice their opinion about programming.
2668 When
we do a local interest program, we make sure that the entire community is
involved.
2669 As
you can see from our panel today and our employees, we have people from all
walks of life. All religious factions
are represented in our staff. All age
groups are represented in our staff.
2670 So
our staff helps us to make sure that we are doing local programming for our
audiences.
2671 I
have Manu Chopra, who has been with us now for two years. I would like him to expand a little bit on
that aspect of local programming and Gupshup.
2672 MR.
CHOPRA: Good afternoon,
Commissioners. Gupshup in a sense, like
you said, initially is chitchat. I
would say in another manner of speaking, another definition is just informal
conversation.
2673 In
this informal conversation we basically involve members of the community. We make it a point to bring in experts and
then there is us. It is a very nice
forum, Commissioners. If somebody wants
to have a conversation or has an opinion or wants to say something, not to one
person but to a few thousand people, there can be no better way than this. So it is really nice.
2674 It
is a mix of issues really. It could be
something that is local and pressing to the community. It could be something that is pressing to
B.C, something that is important in Canada, something that is important in the
world; so from the micro to the macro.
2675 We
expand and we do talk and have this Gupshup on everything there is really.
2676 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So topics that might come up
in this Gupshup, then, would indicate to you whether you had to make
adjustments in the various programs.
2677 Is
that what you are saying?
2678 MS
DATT: Sometimes, yes.
2679 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How else would you
determine? Would you survey? Would you ask your listeners: Is this
programming relevant to you?
2680 MS
DATT: We do.
2681 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Is the news and community
events helpful?
2682 MR.
CHOPRA: If I may, actually all the
time, and again this is a sort of informal process that is followed. Very often listeners take the trouble of
calling us when we are off‑air and saying "hey, I really liked
this".
2683 Even
on a few occasions when on‑air we asked them: What are the topics you would like to be discussed? What are the topics that you think are
relevant?
2684 In
fact, once we had actually done a show, 45 minutes, where we involved the
community and we just said: What are
the topics you would like? And 45 minutes
was spent on that; people just giving us feedback. It made our job a lot easier, actually.
2685 MR.
DATTA: It's a lot easier to program for
people when you know what they want.
It's really helpful. That is one
of our underlying things with our community, that we like it when they
participate.
2686 That
was the whole point of Gupshup, for them to participate not only in the
community but also in the station. We
cover many different topics in Gupshup, very serious, very sublime, but also at
the same time the station becomes a topic and we talk about the things that are
important to the station.
2687 We
also make it a point to ask for listener feedback; to call the station and tell
us what you think of our shows, what you think of the announcements, the
producers who are doing the shows. Are
there any topics that you would like to hear, if they don't want to call in
through Gupshup and just want to leave a voice message, or what have you?
2688 We
even use extensive use of e‑mail to keep in contact with listeners and
their opinions.
2689 MS
DATT: Simmi may have something to add.
2690 MS
CHEEMA: In addition to that, Sudhir
mentioned that we have personal voicemail to collect the feedback. If we feel it necessary, if there is a need
of change or something, then we sit down and we talk about that.
2691 In
addition to that, our clients come and they tell us. When they call us for advertising, they tell us that these
programs are popular and they want to advertise with us.
2692 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How would you see, for
example, programs to the Italian community within your proposed station?
2693 MS
DATT: With groups like the Italian
community I would rely on Mr. Bruno's experience and his position within the
community to let us know what sort of programming he would like to do. As long as it is within our framework of
policies and rules and regulations, he can go ahead and do that ‑‑
and the rules and regulations of the CRTC, of course.
2694 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Of course.
2695 MS
DATT: I thought I would add that
quickly.
2696 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You have identified in your
ethnic programming chart five hours of English language programming to be
targeted to a mainstream audience: two hours of English language program to appear
in the program descriptions filed with your application on Sundays.
2697 I
note you intend on featuring programs with various linguistic segments, in
which English will be featured. These
multilingual programs will be featured during a significant part of your
weekday programming blocks: the morning show, the drive home show and the
evening show.
2698 I
would like to know a bit more about the linguistic spoken word segments of
these programs.
2699 For
example, can you give us the approximate amount of time that would be devoted
to Hindustani into English language spoken word programming during the morning
show?
2700 MS
DATT: I would like to, first of all,
talk a little bit about Hindustani so that we can go into that topic.
2701 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That would be very helpful;
thank you.
2702 MS
DATT: Hindustani is the language that
is understood. It is a mixture of Hindi
and Urdu.
2703 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It is widely understood.
2704 MS
DATT: Widely understood. I was just going to give you an example that
we live in a country of immigrants. I
have a best friend who is Chinese. I
communicate with him fine. Vito is my
friend and he is Italian, and I communicate with him fine. I have a Polish friend, a Greek friend, and
I talk to them okay. And I don't know
any of these languages. So the common
language for all of us is English.
2705 Similarly,
the common language for India is Hindustani.
Everybody understands Hindustani.
2706 Over
here, when Bollywood stars come here everybody is there to see them. All the video stores have Bollywood
movies. All these movies are rented by
people. Everybody watches them. So in essence it is the language that bonds
everybody together.
2707 Having
said that, we recognize that there are other languages too, like Punjabi. I am a Punjabi. I speak Punjabi; that is my mother tongue.
2708 Punjabi
language programming gets special attention.
2709 Your
question was how much ‑‑
2710 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How much Hindustani and how
much English?
2711 MS
DATT: ‑‑ English would you have in your morning programming,
for example.
2712 The
morning programming, the entire program spoken word would be Hindustani and the
co‑host might have some spoken word in English for the younger audience,
who are either on their way to school or are on their way to work and
understand the music that we play but don't necessarily understand the
language.
2713 So
the English language would be used in that.
2714 The
split will be 50:50. We have the split
over here in the languages.
2715 MR.
CHOPRA: Commissioners, if I may add,
the fact is that when we speak, people like us speak more than one
language. When you are really
interacting with your audience on a radio show, you tend to lapse into the
other language. You flow. One language flows into another.
2716 I
don't know about definitely giving percentages, but that is the way it
goes. You speak a lot of Hindustani,
and you do lapse into Punjabi, you lapse into English and back. That's the way it goes.
2717 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It sounds interesting.
2718 MS
DATT: Sonia has something to add to
that.
2719 MS
LOTAY: I just wanted to talk about the
English programming that is going to air on Sunday. We have proposed three new programs and they are entitled
"Hot Pepper", "Masala Mix" and "Hip Hop". They are designed in a way so that they
stand for the spirit of the youth. They
are prepared in a way so that they appeal to the youth, because this is the
kind of music that the youth listen to.
2720 Just
to describe these programs a little further, "Hot Pepper" would be a
program which will feature Hindi pop music, which means that it will feature
pop artists and it will have a fusion of Indian and western musical style in
the music.
2721 "Masala
Mix" would feature Bollywood remixes, which are songs that let's say are
made in a more groovy way. They could
be taken from Shavilla's generation from the fifties and sixties. They are presented in a groovy way by adding
a contemporary beat to them.
2722 That
program will feature remixes, and "Hip Hop" will feature Hindi,
Punjabi and English music, all three of them.
What differentiates "Hip Hop" from "Hot Pepper" is
that it might have Hindi music that is more upbeat and Punjabi music that is
more dedicated or more played in party halls or clubs. It will definitely have some English music
as well.
2723 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
2724 Where
I am going with these questions, Ms Datt, is I am trying to determine how much
the English language programming would fit into the five‑hour total that
appears in the ethnic programming chart filed under cover of your letter of
November 18th, should it work out to be more than five hours.
2725 Your
latest programming chart shows that the percentage of total programming that is
devoted to third language programming will be 95.5. If it was more than that, would you wish to amend that part?
2726 That
is where I am going with this area of questioning. It might help your response.
2727 MS
DATT: We are comfortable with the
percentages.
2728 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You are comfortable with the
percentages.
2729 MS
DATT: Yes.
2730 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
2731 Could
you please explain to us how these multiple language program segments would be
presented to the listener. I hear a bit
of moving back and forth unconsciously I guess between the languages, but maybe
give me an idea of a typical program.
Would you do half the program in one language and then switch or is it
just back and forth?
2732 MS
DATT: Let me run through some of the
programs for you.
2733 For
example, the morning show would start in Hindustani and would have a few
English announcements in it. We have
the breakdown in the languages that we have provided to you.
2734 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And explaining the music
would be in English.
2735 MS
DATT: Exactly. Coming to the drive home show, we might have
it exactly the same way as the morning show.
The only show that is different in all this is Gupshup, because if a
listener comes on and speaks in say Punjabi and asks the question in Punjabi,
or we have a guest who is going to be giving some information in Punjabi, then
we would be talking to that person in Punjabi.
2736 In
return, our other listeners who are not Punjabi speakers, because they cannot
understand Punjabi we would be translating that for them in Hindustani.
2737 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: And that is a two‑hour
daily show.
2738 MS
DATT: Currently at the moment the
current show is one and a half hours.
It will be promoted to two hours because we need those two hours.
2739 MR.
CHOPRA: During Gupshup, actually it is
a comfort level that is paramount to us, whether it be of the guest or it be a
caller. Whatever they are comfortable
with we would be talking at that particular point in time.
2740 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What language would newscasts
be broadcast in during these programs?
When you are doing the news, which language is it in?
2741 MS
DATT: All our newscasts would be in
Hindustani except in the Punjabi programming they will be in Punjabi. And we do have two hours of Punjabi
programming during the day time, from 12:00 to 2:00 and from 7:00 to 9:00. Those four news bulletins will be in
Punjabi. Then the 8 o'clock news
bulletin, that comes from Chandigarh in Punjabi, which is included in those
four bulletins.
2742 The
rest of the bulletins during the day, Monday to Saturday, would be in
Hindustani.
2743 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That would include the
bulletins coming from your staff that are stationed in Punjab, New Delhi and
Fiji as well?
2744 MS
DATT: No. The Fiji bulletins come every day. They are every day at 12:30 currently, and they will be in our
morning show.
2745 The
New Delhi programming is at 6:30 in the evening. That has been there since day one. On November 1, 1987 we started the 6:30 news bulletin from New
Delhi, and we still do that to date.
2746 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
2747 As
set out in the Commission's Ethnic Broadcasting Policy, a primary
responsibility of ethnic broadcasters relates to their ability to serve and
reflect their communities in their station's local programming.
2748 Could
you tell us a bit about your plans with an advisory board. Is there one in place in your current CMO
operation? Will there be new members
attracted or are you going to use some of the same members? How often do they meet? How many members?
2749 Tell
us about your advisory board and plans.
2750 MS
DATT: Commissioner Williams, we do not
have an advisory board at the moment as per se. Our advisors are our listeners, organizations that we deal with,
people who advertise with us, our staff, mainly our listeners.
2751 We
will have an advisory board which will be comprised of business people; will be
comprised of religious organizations so that the religious component is looked
after; organizations that we have assisted in the past 17 years, fund raised
for them, organizations like B.C. Children's Hospital, Heart and Stroke
Foundation, the Cancer Society, et cetera.
2752 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How many members would be on
this board? Would they represent all
parts of the community that will be your listeners?
2753 MS
DATT: Yes. And also we will have representatives from language
producers. We will have ten people,
five women, maybe six ‑‑ no; five women and five men.
2754 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Sounds pretty equal.
2755 MS
DATT: I was going to say six women.
2756 MS
CHEEMA: We believe in equality.
2757 MS
DATT: Yes, we do believe in equality.
2758 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: It's like my home with my
wife and daughter. They don't need the
extra vote.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2759 MS
DATT: They do have the vote;
right? You are the one who gets left
out.
2760 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes.
2761 It
appears your station's advisory board, from that type of representation, will
give you the feedback and input that you need.
2762 Are
there any specific measures that you will establish to make sure that the local
issues and concerns are reflected in your programming?
2763 MS
DATT: We do that already. All the news and other programming, we make
sure that they are balanced.
2764 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: How do you do that?
2765 MS
DATT: We have policies in place. All our announcers have those policies. The new producers will have those policies. The new employees will have those policies.
2766 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Who follows up and checks on
it?
2767 MS
DATT: The management does that. I do that.
I keep ‑‑
2768 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: A close eye on it. I understand.
2769 MR.
DATTA: It's a big whip that we have
over us.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2770 MS
DATT: I am not that bad.
2771 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Do you have a comment, Mr.
Datta?
2772 MR.
DATTA: Seeing as she is sitting right
next to me, I will refrain from making a comment this time.
2773 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I saw your microphone light
on. That's why I asked.
2774 What
I want to talk about now is conditional licences and proposed levels of ethnic
and third language programming.
2775 In
assessing the overall merits of your application the Commission may wish to
impose new conditions of licence related to your proposed levels of ethnic and
third language programming.
2776 In
your case this would represent at least 100 per cent ethnic programming and
depending upon ‑‑ as much as close to 98, but I think you have
considered confirming up to 85 per cent.
2777 You
have indicated to us that you would be willing to adhere to an 85 per cent
level.
2778 MS
DATT: Yes.
2779 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Would you be prepared to also
accept a condition of licence that is reflective of the ethnic programming
contained in your application for service in the predominant languages listed? Specifically, would you be prepared to
accept a condition of licence that a minimum of 73 per cent of all ethnic
programming broadcast each week would be directed in the Hindustani and Punjabi
languages?
2780 MS
DATT: Yes.
2781 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I note that you have proposed
a condition of licence that you will not broadcast any Mandarin or Cantonese
programming.
2782 Are
there any other commitments that you would be willing to adhere to as a
condition of licence that would serve to maintain the nature of ethnic
programming service that you are proposing?
2783 MS
DATT: We would not do programming in
Cantonese and Mandarin. We accept that
as a condition of licence.
2784 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Are there any other
conditions that you are prepared to put forward?
2785 Don't
feel obligated. I am just asking you.
2786 MR.
WEAFER: Mr. Williams, just to confirm,
you did articulate the commitment with respect to local programming at 85 per
cent as a condition of licence? Was
that the first one you identified?
2787 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That was the first one.
2788 MR.
WEAVER: And that is acceptable.
2789 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you.
2790 Currently
you are offering an SCMO service known as RimJhim in Vancouver. You offer that the proposed AM station will
benefit from synergies with your existing SCMO.
2791 For
example, you indicated that RimJhim currently employees 29 persons. If licensed, only a minimal amount of
additional staff would be required.
2792 Could
you please confirm whether in the area of programming there would be a sharing
of staff with the SCMO service; and if so, how many?
2793 MS
DATT: Our SCMO service will not need
additional staff because the staff that is currently working for the SCMO
service will program and slowly and gradually the programming will be directed
towards our seniors, our people who stay at home. That program will continue and those will be recorded
programs. We have staff to do
that. So we will not need additional
staff for SCMO service.
2794 However,
on our AM station the staff will increase to 29 people.
2795 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Can you provide some details
on some of the duties, like how many announcers, program producers, sales
people that you anticipate bringing on as a result of this new station.
2796 MS
DATT: I will look for that.
2797 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: While you are looking for
that, we can move on.
2798 MS
DATT: Thank you.
2799 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Are there any other synergies
your proposed station would benefit from having the two operations?
2800 MS
DATT: I think both the stations will
assist one another; one which is stationary will assist people who are at
home. There will be some programs that
will be simulcast, some programs that will be purely for the seniors.
2801 We
will not produce religious programming on the AM station. We will continue with whatever we are
doing. But on the SCMO we would cater
to the seniors a little more than what we are currently doing.
2802 As
you know, our programming for the seniors is very, very important to us and to
our community.
2803 We
are getting to that level as well.
Although I am a baby boomer, we never want to get old. But the reality is that we all are getting
old and our generation that is getting old needs assistance, needs
entertainment, needs to be helped out.
2804 I
think our SCMO service will be ideal for that.
2805 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What percentage or what
portion of your programming would be common to both services?
2806 MS
DATT: There are some programs that are
very popular. Gupshup will be common to
both of them. Apart from that, the
morning show won't be, the drive home show won't be, and I think the evening
show probably would be.
2807 We
will decide that. We haven't gone on AM
yet, but when we do we would decide that at that time too.
2808 At
the moment, in my mind as a programmer, I can see those programs of benefit to
the SCMO service and benefit to the AM service.
2809 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: We may need an answer that
gives us a percentage or proportion, but we can do that later on, which will
give you some time to prepare.
2810 MS
DATT: We would do that.
2811 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: As part of your Canadian
Talent Development initiatives, you propose an annual commitment of $15,000 a
year to promote and run a poetry writing and reading competition.
2812 Beyond
the competition, is it your intention to have the winning poem read on the
station or feature the winner of the competition during one of your
programs? What were your plans in that
area?
2813 MS
DATT: Yes, we would love to do that. We started the poetry reading program as a
part of our Gupshup Thursday program.
We are very proud to say that there are lots of home‑grown poets
in our community.
2814 In
fact, our morning host is a poet, a recognized poet in our community, and his
father is a renowned poet of British Columbia and the world.
2815 Yes,
after they have selected who the winner is, their poems would be read on our
GupShup poetry programs for sure.
2816 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Mr. Datta, were you able to
come up with the numbers?
2817 MS
DATT: I have that information. If you could ask a question to somebody
else, I will quickly look for that.
2818 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What I am looking for is the
numbers of announcers, program producers, sales people that would be hired by
the new station.
2819 MR.
DATTA: In terms of how many there would
be, the destination and the roles that they would play in the company? Or are we still talking about the SCMO?
2820 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: The new employees for the AM.
2821 MR.
DATTA: She has it.
2822 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes, I knew you would find
it.
2823 MS
DATT: Thank you for your confidence in
me.
2824 This
is filed with the Commission. It says
RimJhim is an equal employment opportunity employer. So we will have our new staff is news director, fulltime; news
reporter; two news reporter and one newscaster. The morning show will have a host and a co‑host. The day time show will have one host. The Aap Aur Hum show, which is after that,
will have a fulltime host, one host.
The Punjabi show will have a host, which is from 12:00 to 2:00.
2825 Then
Gupshup has a host and two co‑hosts, which are currently with me. Manu co‑hosts with me and so does
Sonia.
2826 Our
drive home show will have two hosts, host and co‑host. Our evening Hungama show, which is a Punjabi
program, will have a female host. Our
evening Hungama program in Hindi will have another host.
2827 Tanhai,
which I produce and I have been doing it for quite some time, will be one host
and I might have guest hosts in that.
2828 The
Gujarati program will have one host.
The Tamil program will have one host.
The Bengali program will have one host.
2829 I
should have been saying whether they are part‑time or fulltime. That would have made life easier, wouldn't
it.
2830 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Might it be easier if they
just file a page with all of this information on it before Phase III?
2831 No,
that's good. We have enough
information.
2832 MS
DATT: I don't have to go on?
2833 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: If you want to finish, you
have the floor.
2834 MS
DATT: It might be good to finish it.
2835 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes, I think so.
2836 MS
DATT: The Bengali program will have a
host. The Risil(ph) program will have a
host. Our Risil host has been doing
programming with us since 1987 and we are very proud to have him.
2837 One
of our other Risil hosts is a renowned broadcaster from Pakistan. He is a disabled person, but he does
programming for us and we are very pleased.
And our off‑air staff, as you can see I was more concerned about
the on‑air staff.
2838 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you for that.
2839 MR.
WEAFER: Commissioner Williams, just to
circle back, if I might, on the condition of licence question, I don't think
you identified the number of languages and language groups. You were asking what the applicant would
accept as conditions of licence.
2840 There
is a letter of December 9, 2004 where the applicant commits to a minimum number
of languages of 17 and of language groups of 11. And they would accept that as a condition of licence as well.
2841 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Very good. Thank you for that.
2842 I
am now moving into the area of advertising revenue projections.
2843 What
are the current advertising rates on your SCMO for a 30‑second spot, and
how much higher do you see these rates rising under your proposed six‑month
interval rate increase strategy?
2844 MS
DATT: I will have Sudhir and maybe
Shankar answer that question.
2845 But
I would like to say that we keep one rate.
Sometimes we have a sale on our advertising if we want to quickly have
somebody buy a spot. A spot could go,
if we have some spots, at the lower rate.
We have a $14.00 rate for a 30‑second commercial if we want to
sell it quickly, or a $35.00 rate for a 30 second commercial. Agency rates are 30 per cent added on top of
that, on top of $35.00.
2846 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: These are today's rates?
2847 MS
DATT: Yes, these are today's rates.
2848 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Then if we could have a look
forward over the next six months.
2849 MS
DATT: That's right.
2850 MR.
DATTA: What we will do, because
obviously the rates on the AM station will be a bit higher than what we would
have on an SCMO service, the agency rates would probably reflect what the AM
rates would most likely be. Our local
advertisers won't be able to all of a sudden jump up to those rates right away.
2851 So
what we are hoping to do is for our local advertisers, increase the rates by
anywhere from 20 to 30 per cent in a six‑month interval until they come
into line with our agency advertising rates and what we feel the AM rates
should be.
2852 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Those rates would include
that 13 per cent that you spoke of?
2853 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2854 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Can you tell us what
percentage of your year one projected revenue will come from advertisers that
are new to ethnic radio?
2855 MS
DATT: We had agencies like CBS,
Hamazaki Wong, Bryant Fulton & Shee, OMD mention to us that if we go on an
AM over‑the‑air station ‑‑ our current income that
comes into the station is about $600,000 and in the first year it would go up
to about $900,000, which is a very conservative figure.
2856 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes, it's good.
2857 MS
DATT: Very good.
2858 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What percentage of that would
come from new advertisers as opposed to from rate increases?
2859 MR.
DATTA: Of the increase, we are seeing
50 per cent of that coming in from new advertisers.
2860 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: New advertisers.
2861 MR.
DATTA: Of the increase. And that too would most likely be from
agencies that don't have a viable option to advertise to the South Asian
community currently.
2862 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Your revenue projections of
course include repatriation of audience and ad revenues from the two Washington
state radio stations that target this marketplace.
2863 MS
DATT: No, they don't.
2864 MR.
DATTA: Actually, our forecasts don't
actually have anything to do with repatriation.
2865 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: All right.
2866 MR.
DATTA: Our forecasts are based on the
increase of our ad rates from current local advertisers, plus the ability for
agencies to advertise to the South Asian community.
2867 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: These advertisers, this
repatriation would be from I think the previous applicant or two applicants ago
that said that all of their revenue came from this marketplace anyway.
2868 MS
DATT: That's right. Not us.
2869 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: What I am assuming you are
going to get some of that business. Right?
2870 MS
DATT: Yes.
2871 MR.
DATTA: Yes, we will. But they haven't really been built into our
forecast per se.
2872 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: They are not built in. So that $300,000 that you are talking
about ‑‑
2873 MR.
DATTA: Will be from rate increases from
local advertisers who are currently advertising with us.
2874 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Current customers.
2875 MR.
DATTA: Current customers and also
agency rates who don't have the ability to advertise, whether it be national
and local agency advertisers.
2876 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: You don't really estimate any
revenues coming from ‑‑
2877 MR.
DATTA: But that doesn't mean that we
are not going to obviously try to repatriate advertisers.
2878 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Yes. I am trying to understand your
projections. So as you have entered
them in your projections.
2879 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2880 MS
DATT: I would like to clarify that.
2881 Agencies
do not as a rule advertise with cross‑border stations because of
deductions, tax deductions, so we get some of that advertising.
2882 But
because we are not over‑the‑air station, we don't get the entire
advertising actually.
2883 Later
on if you have another question on advertising, our Advertising Manager
Gobinder Gill will be able to talk about that.
It takes us a long time to go to a conventional advertiser on a
conventional station. Say, for example,
GM. It took us forever to get that
account, and when we got that account it was just great.
2884 Their
statement to us was: If you were an
over‑the‑air station, we would have advertised a lot with you, way
more than what we are currently doing.
2885 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So some of these may be new
customers to the radio marketplace then.
2886 MR.
DATTA: Yes. In terms of South Asian advertising, yes.
2887 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Do you have a specific
strategy to try and attract the audience that the other two stations are
currently gathering? Could you tell us
a bit about that, please.
2888 MS
DATT: Certainly. I remember the day that the Commission put
out the announcement that there was going to be a call, we announced that we
had made an application to the Commission.
At our radio station all the telephone lines lit up and people were so
happy that we were going to be going over‑the‑air.
2889 They
have been asking us ever since the two radio stations started: "How come you are not on AM?"
2890 I
think that in itself explains that people would be listening to us. They have been waiting to listen to us.
2891 We
will have a major audience from those two radio stations.
2892 MR.
DATTA: I would also like to add ‑‑
sorry, I will wait until you are finished.
2893 MS
DATT: Let me just finish that
part. But remember your thought.
2894 MR.
DATTA: Yes.
2895 MS
DATT: I just wanted to say that by
being on an AM over‑the‑air station, we would be on a level playing
field with the other two Washington stations.
As you have heard, they don't want to leave those two frequencies. They will still be broadcasting.
2896 Us
being on an AM would give us an equal competitive field.
2897 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Would you get an equal share
of the marketplace?
2898 MS
DATT: I think so.
2899 Sudhir
would remember his thought and he wants to continue with that.
2900 MR.
DATTA: In terms of getting South Asians
to listen to our station, having been in the market for 17 years we are very
fortunate in that we are known by the South Asian community very well. There are probably very few people who don't
know who we are. So once we start
promoting the fact that we are on the AM dial, because of our commitment to
quality and because of our commitment to broadcast standards, it won't be long
before the majority of those people start listening to us, we feel.
2901 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: From a technical perspective,
what in your view are the compelling reasons to grant you the requested
frequency? And also from a technical
perspective, in which way does your proposal constitute the best use of the
frequency 1200 KHZ?
2902 MS
DATT: I would like Mr. Grant McCormick
to answer that question.
2903 MR.
McCORMICK: On the technical basis, why
we went to AM was essentially for coverage.
The FM channels in the Vancouver area are all severely impaired and have
interference on them.
2904 The
AM, particularly the 1200 kilohertz frequency that we are proposing, provides
coverage throughout the Greater Vancouver Area, solid coverage, as well as our
protected contour covers all of Surrey in the daytime.
2905 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: I guess the other part of
that is why does this proposal constitute the best use of the frequency? Is it the coverage?
2906 MR.
McCORMICK: In one word the coverage,
yes.
2907 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: That completes my chitchat
with you this afternoon. Thank you very
much.
2908 MS
DATT: Can I add one more statement to
that? It is on the AM and the FM.
2909 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Sure.
2910 MS
DATT: We feel that AM is best suited to
ethnic broadcasting.
2911 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Why?
2912 MS
DATT: We feel that there is no dearth
of AM frequencies but there are very few FM frequencies. Everybody is vying for those. Conventional broadcasters want those
frequencies as well.
2913 So
when you are an FM station‑holder, and especially if you are ethnic and
your station is not making too much money, anybody is there to offer you anywhere
from 13 to $25 million for an FM frequency.
2914 We
want to program to our community. We
don't want to be deterred by that temptation.
I want to stay on the AM dial over‑the‑air and broadcast for
our community.
2915 We
have done that for 17 years on an impaired SCMO service. We would like to do it on an over‑the‑air
service.
2916 The
second thing, as Grant just mentioned, it is an impaired frequency and it would
not cater to the listeners that we are trying to service.
2917 Thank
you.
2918 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Thank you very much. That is a great comment.
2919 Those
are my questions, Mr. Chair.
2920 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
2921 Commissioner
Wylie.
2922 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I have a very important
question. What does RimJhim mean?
2923 MS
DATT: I'm so glad you asked. RimJhim means drizzle. And it rains in Vancouver all the time.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
2924 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I didn't bring enough shawls.
2925 MS
DATT: RimJhim means drizzle of music
really.
2926 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
2927 Counsel.
2928 MR.
STEWART: Merci, monsieur le président.
2929 I
have a few quick follow‑up questions.
2930 You
have identified five hours of programming in the English language in your
chart. Where in the program schedule
would I find the five hours?
2931 I
can see three hours clearly and then there seems to be a blend of which English
is part: in the morning show, the drive home show and the evening show.
2932 Is
the balance of two hours to be found in the composite of I guess nine hours?
2933 MS
DATT: That's right.
2934 MR.
STEWART: How do you arrive at two hours
of English in what seems to be a very fluid situation, which I think you have
described as such as well?
2935 MS
DATT: It is our 17 years of experience
on radio. When we sat down to do the
program schedule, what we do on radio is what we based this on and decided that
that is how we speak on air.
2936 Sometimes
even in Gupshup when we are talking about some political or technical issues,
you cannot translate that into Hindustani or Punjabi. So what you would do is you would read that in English and try to
explain that.
2937 If
the statement is one sentence, you would then take about 15 sentences to
explain that in Punjabi and Hindustani.
2938 So
we use the English language in those programs.
2939 It
is the past 17 years of our programming that determines that we would use
English language in these programs.
2940 MR.
STEWART: It is not the use of the
English language. It is the two
hours. You have established that it
would be roughly two hours, and it was simply the basis for that determination
of two hours that I think might be of assistance to the Commission.
2941 MS
DATT: It is the best of the experience
that we have had, the best estimate of the experience that we have had in the
past that we are using that.
2942 MR.
STEWART: All right.
2943 Would
you be willing to accept as a condition of licence that no less than 95.5 per
cent of the programming would be devoted to third language?
2944 MS
DATT: Yes.
2945 MR.
STEWART: Thank you.
2946 In
your chart you identify beside the English language ‑‑ and I
am referring to the ethnic programming chart.
You describe it as mainstream.
2947 Maybe
Mr. Weafer or yourself can describe how that would be consistent with the definition
of ethnic programming to be found in the policy.
2948 MS
DATT: Our guest may be mainstream and
would speak English language. The
English guest would be maybe mainstream and that is why the word
"mainstream" is used.
2949 But
English is spoken by all Indians because when you come from any province of
India, you speak a minimum of three languages: your provincial language; the
national language, Hindustani; and the government language of India, which is English. So you are proficient in three languages.
2950 MR.
DATTA: I would also like to add about
English programming that when we are doing programming geared towards a youth‑oriented
audience, because when youth talk to other young people of their own age they
tend to talk in English as opposed to Hini or Punjabi, just as a way of
communicating casually with one another.
So for some of our programs we like to do English‑based
announcements, which would be deemed as mainstream, just to give the younger
audience comfort with our shows and with the programming that we are doing at
that time.
2951 MR.
STEWART: Yes, Mr. Weafer.
2952 MR.
WEAFER: The use of the word
"mainstream" may be slightly misleading. It is not an attempt to appeal to the conventional market of
Vancouver. It is clearly focused on the
ethnic communities, in language communities in fact. But there will be some English‑language programming.
2953 Mainstream
may be not the best word for that five hours.
2954 MR.
STEWART: But it will be programming
that will be dedicated to particular cultural or ethnic groups.
2955 MR.
WEAFER: That is correct.
2956 MR.
STEWART: You believe that is consistent
with the definition of ethnic programming and hence you are in a position, you
believe, to accept as a condition of licence that 100 per cent of your
programming will be ethnic.
2957 MR.
WEAFER: That is correct.
2958 MS
DATT: Yes.
2959 MR.
STEWART: Thank you.
2960 My
last question. Can you confirm for the
Commission and the record the total amount of CTD commitments that you are
prepared to make and to accept as a condition of licence.
2961 I
ask the question because there seems to be a difference between what is stated
in your written remarks and what you have stated in the application and in
response to deficiency letters prior to this public hearing.
2962 MS
DATT: It is $520,000 over seven
years. That is the right amount.
2963 MR.
STEWART: Because $500,000 was the
number that you submitted in writing to the Commission. And then you have $420,000 that is listed in
the written remarks. Now you are saying
$520,000.
2964 So
which one is it?
2965 MS
DATT: If you read it, I thought it was
$500,000 too. But when I read it
carefully, it is $520,000, which is good; $20,000 extra for CTD.
2966 For
a seven‑year period we have committed to give $60,000 per year; then in
years six and seven an additional $50,000 each year. That is in addition to the $60,000. That would take the total to $520,000.
2967 MR.
WEAFER: Commission Counsel, the opening
statements refer to $420,000 over seven years.
But in years six and seven we will commit an additional $100,000.
2968 So
the intent of that was to total $520,000.
2969 MR.
STEWART: Okay. So it's $520,000 and you
would accept that as a condition of licence.
2970 MS
DATT: Yes.
2971 MR.
STEWART: Thank you very much.
2972 Those
are all of my questions, Mr. Chairman.
Merci.
2973 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much,
ladies and gentlemen. That ends your
participation in Phase I of this hearing.
2974 MS
DATT: Thank you.
2975 THE
CHAIRPERSON: We will take a short break
now and resume at 2:45 with the next item.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1435 / Suspension à 1435
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1450 / Reprise à 1450
2976 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order, please. À l'ordre, s'il vous plaît.
2977 Mr.
Secretary, would you be good enough to call the next item, please?
2978 THE
SECRETARY: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
2979 Item
7 is an application by Mainstream Broadcasting Corporation for a licence to
operate a commercial AM ethnic radio programming undertaking in Vancouver.
2980 The
new station would operate on frequency 1200 kHz with a transmitter power of
25,000 watts.
2981 Mr.
James Ho will be introducing his colleagues.
You have 20 minutes to make your presentation.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
2982 MR.
HO: Thank you.
2983 Good
afternoon, Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission. My name is James Ho and I am the President
and CEO of Mainstream Broadcasting and CHMB AM 1320. I would like to join my fellow applicants in welcoming you to
Vancouver.
2984 Before
we begin our presentation, I would like to introduce the members of our panel
who are with me today.
2985 To
my right is Mr. Amar Randhawa. Mr.
Randhawa is a very active member of Canada's South Asian community and, among
other roles, is a co‑founder of United, a group which provides mentorship
and sports programs for Indo‑Canadian youth. He is a member of our advisory board.
2986 To
my immediate left is Ms Teresa Wat, who has had responsibility for news
programming at both CHMB and Channel M and was formerly CEO and General Manager
at CHMB.
2987 To
my far left is Mr. Kannon Kamalakannen, who is in his 12th year as Financial
Officer and Comptroller at CHMB. In
addition to his day job, Kannon is the Producer and Host of a weekly half‑hour
program on CHMB entitled "Tamil's Voice," directed at the Tamil
community.
2988 In
the second row and to your extreme right is Mr. Greg Meiklejohn, who authored
our survey of prospective advertisers.
2989 To
his right is Mrs. Catherine Rogers of the firm Ipsos‑Reid and one of the
authors of the Radio Market Assessment that is appended to our application.
2990 Beside
Catherine is another Greg, Mr. Greg Kane, our legal counsel.
2991 Beside
Mr. Kane is Mr. Harinder Singh Sohi.
Mr. Sohi is very active in the British Columbia Sikh community and is
currently President of the B.C. Khalsa Diwan Society.
2992 Seated
at the side table to your left is Mrs. Dipinder Kaur Brar. Mrs. Brar is an active member of the Indo‑Canadian
community and is past secretary of the Khalsa Diwan Society, the largest and
oldest Sikh society in North America.
2993 To
the right of Mrs. Brar is Mr. Tarsem Singh Dhawal. Mr. Dhawal has been active in various organizations within
Vancouver's Sikh community for more than 30 years and a former executive member
of the Khalsa Dhiwan Society.
2994 Mrs.
Brar and Mr. Dhawal are both important members of our advisory board.
2995 Also
at our side table is Mr. Gord Henke.
Mr. Henke is the President of D.E.M. Allen & Associates Limited
Consulting Engineers. D.E.M. Allen
& Associates are well known to the Commission, and Mr. Henke is our
engineer consultant.
2996 Finally,
I would like to introduce Baljit Sangra, who produced our video. Baljit is a successful independent producer
in Vancouver and she is here in the audience.
2997 I
will now being our presentation.
2998 Mr.
Chairman and Members of the Commission, I wouldn't be surprised if people are
asking themselves why is a person with a Chinese ethnic background applying for
an AM licence with programming directed principally at Vancouver's South Asian
community. It is a fair question.
2999 The
answer is that I am one of those fortunate persons whose work combines two of
their greatest passions, broadcasting and promoting cross‑cultural
understanding.
3000 Through
my 15 years of AM radio broadcasting experience as the owner of CHMB here in
Vancouver and as one of the owners of Vancouver's newest television service,
Channel M, I have seen how these passions can overcome the stereotyping of a
visible ethnic minority and even the division within a community.
3001 My
work at CHMB and Channel M has included meaningful involvement with the South
Asian and many other ethnic communities in Vancouver.
3002 I
have a track record of inclusiveness, neutrality, as well as balancing and
delivering high‑quality programming to under‑served ethnic
communities in Vancouver and this application is a natural evolution of that
track record. In fact, it was as a
result of this track record and my reputation in the ethnic community that I
was approached by people in the South Asian community to prepare this
application.
3003 We
are delighted to have this opportunity to present our application which
presents the promise of a strong new voice for the vibrant and under‑served
South Asian communities in the Greater Vancouver area, along with extensive
programming in the Filipino, Korean and Vietnamese languages.
3004 We
are intimately involved and proud of our service to Vancouver's multicultural,
multilingual and multiracial communities.
3005 Through
this application, we seek the public trust to provide additional service to a
minimum of 32 ethnocultural groups in 16 different languages. We will commit to this by inviting a
condition of licence in these terms.
3006 But
the real goal of this proposal is to let those communities speak for
themselves. So let us start right now
with a brief video presentation.
‑‑‑ Video
presentation / Présentation vidéo
3007 MR.
HO: I hope that gives you an
appreciation of the excitement and passion we will all bring to this new
station.
3008 We
will now describe our proposal in more detail.
Mr. Amar Randhawa will address the changing face of Vancouver.
3009 MR.
RANDHAWA: Vancouver and the Lower
Mainland has undergone a remarkable demographic transformation in the past
generation and that change shows no signs of slowing. Within six years, Greater Vancouver will be home to some 2.3
million people and more than one million of those will be of ethnic origin.
3010 Fully
one‑third of our population is Asian, South Asians making up 31 per cent
of the visible minority population in Vancouver. This is a population with deep roots in British Columbia,
stretching back over a century, and with the passing of the years, our city has
swelled with South Asian immigration from countries as diverse as Fiji to
Malaysia and even Britain and the United States.
3011 From
these early beginnings, our community has excelled in all aspects of Canadian
society: as professionals, artists,
athletes, academics and many other areas.
Our streets ring with the sounds of Punjabi, Hindi, Tagalog, Vietnamese
and many other languages but the radio waves do not, not to the extent that
they could or should.
3012 The
AM 1200 proposal represents a major step forward in redressing that
problem. We will broadcast in at least
16 different languages, providing service to at least 32 distinct ethnocultural
groups, and we aren't limiting ourselves to South Asian languages. Weekend programming will also reach more
under‑served groups in languages ranging from Farsi to Finnish and
Portuguese to Polish.
3013 Our
commitment to the community goes well beyond language. Central to our proposal is a strong and
effective advisory board that will provide ongoing guidance and advice. The advisory board will ensure that our
service accurately reflects and represents the communities we will serve.
3014 Insights
provided by our board have already proven invaluable in developing this
proposal. We are proud that this
diverse range of community leaders is giving us their support and their wisdom
and we are all eager to get down to work, not only eager but confident because
this is a proposal that is grounded on a solid financial footing.
3015 Kannon
Kamalakannen will tell you more about that.
3016 MR.
KAMALAKANNEN: From the outset, we
wanted to ensure that AM 1200 was established on the soundest economic footing
possible.
3017 We
retained the services of two highly respected outside firms to assess the
economic viability of our proposal:
Ipsos‑Reid and Meiklejohn Marketing.
3018 We
tested our projections against respected external sources such as the
Conference Board of Canada and the real world financial performance of CHMB AM
1320.
3019 Our
financing is confirmed, including a significant equity stake from James Ho.
3020 With
respect to revenues, our assumptions for market share and revenues are
conservative. Our targets are
achievable.
3021 Based
on these data, we are confident we can achieve a profit in year three and
provide a return on investment by year five.
3022 I
am stressing this because the Lower Mainland South Asian community deserves a
radio station that can survive for the long haul.
3023 What
is more, this community deserves the kind of programming excellence and signal
quality that can only be possible with substantial investment backed by a sound
business plan.
3024 That
plan means AM 1200 will be able to invest over a million dollars in a state‑of‑the‑art
production facility and transmitter equipment.
It means we can invest nearly $6.3 million in programming and talent
development over the next seven years.
3025 Capital
is by no means our only asset. Teresa
Wat will tell you about our synergy with CHMB AM 1320 and Channel M, a strength
that may well be at least as valuable in the long run.
3026 MS
WAT: AM 1200 will enjoy the best of all
the worlds. It will be a completely
separate local ethnic radio service.
Yet, it will be able to draw on the expertise and insight of CHMB AM
1320, with more than 30 years of ethnic broadcasting experience in the Vancouver
market.
3027 AM
1200 will be able to develop synergies with both CHMB and Channel M in areas
like news gathering, sales, training, business infrastructure and much more.
3028 The
real benefit of these synergies is that AM 1200 will be able to start
operations quickly and to focus on what matters most, programming and
developing local talent.
3029 Those
synergies will also mean that our signal will be on the air sooner, with high‑quality
programming and at less cost than a stand‑alone station would have to
incur. The savings we achieve will be
invested in programming excellence.
3030 My
work with respect to news programming at Channel M is a great illustration of
how cross‑cultural initiatives can work.
We focus our news programming on the South Asian as well as Chinese
communities.
3031 I
am very proud of the fact that a recent Ipsos‑Reid survey found that
there was 82 per cent awareness of Channel M in the Punjabi‑speaking
communities and a 77 per cent viewership.
These are very impressive numbers that I am confident will be achieved
and exceeded at our proposed AM 1200.
3032 Mainstream
Broadcasting's track record is another important asset. It is a proven record of portraying
Vancouver's ethnic population with fairness and balance, and just as CHMB has
become a valuable advocator for Vancouver's Chinese and other ethnic
communities, AM 1200 will become a voice for the South Asian communities and
many others.
3033 MR.
HO: The beating heart of radio and my
personal passion is programming. So I
want to take our remaining few minutes to outline our plans for some of the
most responsive programming for under‑served Vancouver markets.
3034 Our
proposal meets or exceeds every CRTC programming requirement, with 120 hours
per week of dedicated ethnic radio programming; 107 of those hours or 85 per
cent will be in a third language; 94 and a half hours of every week, we will
serve the South Asian community; in evenings and on weekends, we will reach
other under‑served groups. We
will keep all of these communities well informed with our five‑minute
local newscast at the top of every hour of every day.
3035 Our
program investment goes directly into the local community. The impact will be enormous and it won't be
limited to economics.
3036 The
development of talent and skills, the capacity for communities to tell their
own stories in their own language will resonate throughout other media and into
the border community life of our city.
3037 We
will amplify the impact of our programming investment by supporting talent
development with a series of exciting, engaging initiatives. A talent contest, a drama festival, event
broadcasting, scholarship and FACTOR contributions will all help to foster a
new generation of confident talent, talented ethnic performance and broadcasters.
3038 Pride
of place will, however, go to talk radio and I want to say a few words about
why.
3039 I
have seen again and again how irresponsible talk radio can divide people and
polarize communities, but even more often and more profoundly, I have seen how
responsible talk radio can build bridges.
3040 Vancouver's
South Asian community has long been burdened with the perception that it is
polarized and divided, and unfortunately, that perception has only been
heightened by Vancouver's mainstream media ‑‑ that is
mainstream with a small "m."
3041 We
have heard stories again and again that pit so‑called fundamentalists
against so‑called moderates and little else about a huge part of
Vancouver's magnificent cultural fabric, but this is a community far more
complex and sophisticated than any simplistic perception.
3042 By
opening channels of communication, we can help to sweep away the illusions of
division and bridge any differences that do exist.
3043 Community
talk radio more than any other medium can build a relationship of trust
essential to creating social capital.
The result is a stronger, more confident community in all of its
diversity and complexity. That is the
ultimate goal of AM 1200.
3044 Yes,
we want this to succeed economically.
There are jobs and investments riding on that success and we have been
rigorous in assuring it but AM 1200 is much more.
3045 I
have always understood that the broadcast airwaves are a public trust. Any broadcaster given the privilege of using
these airwaves must always respect that fact.
3046 AM
1200 has been designed from top to bottom to build community, to offer a new
voice to a large under‑served group of citizens who make the Greater
Vancouver area home and to foster new understanding both within the communities
it serves and throughout our society.
3047 We
respectfully ask for the Commission's permission to do this through a new AM
radio licence.
3048 Thank
you for your attention to our presentation.
We look forward to responding to your questions.
3049 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3050 Commissioner
Langford.
3051 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
3052 Thank
you, ladies and gentlemen, for that presentation. It was eloquent and quite complete. In some ways, it filled in some of the answers that I was going
to ask you today about things, for example, the state of your advisory board,
but we will get to that later, and I am grateful for those updates.
3053 I
still, however, have a few questions ‑‑ I have to earn my
crust here this afternoon, as do you ‑‑ and I think what I
want to do is just start very quickly with the kind of mathematical
descriptions that you have provided us with on page 4 of your supplementary
brief and to see if perhaps some of these you would be willing to put into the
form of conditions of licence.
3054 So
if you could turn to that list, it is right in the middle. It is about a six‑bullet list that you
have there.
3055 The
first one says:
"AM 1200 will originate ethnic programming on a weekly basis
dedicated to a minimum of 32 cultural groups in a minimum of 16 different
languages."
3056 (As read)
3057 You
made that pledge this afternoon as well in your opening remarks.
3058 Before
I ask you to accept that as a COL ‑‑ because you said you
would ‑‑ I wonder if we could just be sure that you want to
because it is quite a burden. Thirty‑two
cultural groups are a lot.
3059 I
want to look with you at your ethnic programming chart, where you identify, I
think it is about 18 languages, and then subdivide those into a great many, in
some cases six or more, cultural groups, or ethnic groups as you entitle them
in column 2.
3060 So
for example, under Portuguese, we have Portuguese, Angolans, Brazilians, Cap
Verde, Mozambique and Timor, all accurate, no doubt, in the sense of language
cultural equations, but if I go to your programming chart, I realize that
Spanish gets an hour a week, Portuguese gets an hour a week.
3061 I
guess my question simply comes down to this:
Do you really want to be held to trying to reflect that many cultural
groups in so short a period or would you prefer for us to give you a looser
rein and reduce the number?
3062 It
just seems to me impractical almost ‑‑ I am not a programmer
but it seems impractical to try in one hour, to use the Portuguese example, to
try to somehow at the end of the licence term say, yes, we made a commitment to
reach out to all these cultural groups and we have done it.
3063 So
perhaps you haven't given that any thought and if you want to wait and think
about it, that would be fine, but that would be my opening question to you.
3064 MR.
HO: Thank you, Commissioner.
3065 What
we have done actually is throughout our many years of experience ‑‑
what you have noticed here, yes, is one hour of Portuguese and one hour of
Spanish, but we, in fact, have put them together. There are some common links there.
3066 What
we have here is ‑‑ the Spanish program would be talking about
local issues that will affect them, such as immigration, health, et cetera, and
on the other hand, we will try to accommodate the differences of each ethnic
group by including the community issues of each ethnic group every week.
3067 The
most important part of our Spanish program is that we can tie all the ethnic
groups together by providing local issues and news. It is, in fact, one hour.
Yes, you are saying that. That
is true but the Spanish program will be serving all these different communities
just the same as all the Portuguese‑speaking communities as well. They will be tuning to our radio and they
will be listening to us.
3068 With
the other Asian communities, it is more volatile in terms of demographics. We know that Punjabi is growing and it is
strong and under‑served.
3069 So
overall speaking, like I say, to answer your question, we are willing to stick
to what we have committed as a condition of licence.
3070 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Fine. We will take that as a commitment to a COL,
but I would say to you this.
3071 Perhaps
I have raised something here this afternoon that you hadn't thought of or
hadn't looked at that way. There will
be another phase coming up, and if this evening you are sitting with counsel or
your representatives and you want to give that some more thought, then you can
have an opportunity to get back to us or to get back to counsel and discuss it.
3072 We
are not in the business of trying to set people up to fail here. We are hoping to set people up to succeed,
but when licence renewal comes, those COLs can rise up to haunt you.
3073 So
we will take it as a commitment at this point and leave it to you to look at it
again if you so choose.
3074 Moving
on, I won't have as many questions about the others but if you could just tell
me if that is what you are committing to.
3075 Ninety
per cent of your proposed new service to ethnic programming?
3076 MR.
HO: Yes.
3077 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You commit to that.
3078 And
85 per cent to third‑language programming?
3079 MR.
HO: Yes.
3080 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And 85 per cent locally
produced of the ethnic programming in Vancouver?
3081 MR.
HO: Yes.
3082 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And one here that I might ask
you if you want to subdivide, the next one being that you will provide a
minimum of 75 per cent of all ethnic programming in the South Asian languages
of Punjabi, Hindi, et cetera. I assume
that you are willing to commit to that as a condition of licence?
3083 MR.
HO: Yes.
3084 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Would you further commit to
picking up the two major languages provided in your ethnic programming chart,
which would be around 55 per cent Punjabi and 14 per cent or a little better
Hindi?
3085 MR.
HO: Yes.
3086 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You are willing to commit to
that as well, thank you.
3087 And
then finally, a minimum of 10 per cent of musical selections would be Canadian?
3088 MR.
HO: Yes.
3089 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much. It is always nice to wrap these up quickly
while everybody is still on speaking terms.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3090 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Are there any other
commitments that I have missed that you would want to put in there in terms of
licence commitments of that sort of nature that you want to be held to?
3091 I
am thinking, for example, of 85 per cent spoken word, 15 per cent music. Is that a commitment that you ‑‑
3092 MR.
HO: That is our commitment.
3093 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you are willing to see
that enshrined as a condition of licence?
3094 MR.
HO: Yes.
3095 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay, thank you very much.
3096 Well
then, let us turn to that programming and I do have some questioning.
3097 I
guess my question basically is: Can you
help me understand ‑‑ and I do have your block programming
timetable here ‑‑ but can you help me understand how that
breakdown might work on a day‑to‑day basis?
3098 Let
me give you the biggest obvious example.
Each weekday, you have nine and a half hours of Punjabi
programming. One half‑hour, of
course, is prayer but still it is in that language. So you go 7:00 to 1:00, and then you go 4:00 to 7:00, and then
you have the half‑hour of prayer.
3099 Is
there some way you could flesh out this programming schedule for me now and
give me some idea of how it would break down between spoken word and
music? And if there are other blocks of
it you want to refer to, that is fine too.
3100 MR.
HO: Well, we actually have a detailed
programming, hour by the hour. If the
Commissioner would like this, I can hand it in for you to review.
3101 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Do we have it now? Because if we do, I have missed it, or is
this something that ‑‑
3102 MR.
HO: No. Actually, we have it on hand right now but I did not include it
in our ‑‑
3103 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. Well, perhaps you could refer to it with a
few examples and then provide copies to the Secretary afterwards?
3104 MR.
HO: I will be glad to do so.
3105 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much.
3106 MR.
HO: Well, I won't go into the prayer
programs but, for instance, I will go into the 7:00 a.m. to 8:30 ‑‑
well, starting at 7:00 a.m., Monday to Friday, until 8:30 a.m., we have a
morning show in the Punjabi language and it is a magazine type of program,
including the latest news from India Punjab of the day. As India is 13 and a half hours ahead of
Vancouver, our morning show is already their 8:30 p.m. of the day.
3107 It
also includes weather, traffic, what is happening in Greater Vancouver, such as
sports, lifestyle and entertainment.
And quite often what we are experiencing is, especially during the
wintertime, that whenever there is a storm or heavy snow, the school boards
will actually call us up and ask us to broadcast the information, and quite
often we will chat with them from time to time. That is our experience right now. So those will be broadcast between 7:00 to 8:30.
3108 And
then from 8:30 to 10:30 a.m., Monday to Friday, we will have a current affairs
program in the Punjabi language and that is a call‑in program. That is including editorial, talk show and
local, international and Indian current affairs, community issues, social
issues, educational issues, et cetera.
3109 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I am sorry, was that all talk
call‑in?
3110 MR.
HO: Yes, 8:30 until 10:30.
3111 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Nobody does phone‑in
like B.C., right? I don't know what it
is.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3112 MR.
HO: We actually found out from our
experience that that is the situation, when there is a hot topic, people like
to call in, and there are days when we have softer topics but people tend to
tune in and listen to us. It is a big
draw.
3113 And
then going on from 10:30 a.m. to noon, Monday to Friday, is a 90‑minute
women's programming in the Punjabi language.
It is dedicated to issues of concern to Punjabi women, such as health
care, child care, lifestyle, violence against women, education, women's role in
families, et cetera. Experts will be
invited to the programs to speak to their respective areas.
3114 This
is something we actually got from our advisor, and one of our advisors is
Dipinder. I would like her to maybe
talk a little bit more about this program.
3115 MS
BRAR: I would like to see a women's
program in the Punjabi language and that is dedicated to issues of concern to
Punjabi women, such as health care and child care, cooking tips, and family
violence and social services, and job settlement programs, and especially for
the new immigrants because I had that experience when I came here. Like women, they don't know exactly where to
approach. So we will bring those kinds
of programs like job settlement programs and we will invite the experts to the
radio station to give more details to the community.
3116 Thank
you.
3117 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mr. Ho, this is really
helpful and it is really going to help us flesh out what you have put before us
in kind of broad terms. So yes, indeed,
if you could file that with the Secretary, that will help us to evaluate this
proposal much more fairly, I think, and we would all be grateful to have
that. And I think you would be grateful
for us to have it, actually, because there are, as I say, some eloquent
generalities, but this sort of detail is very, very helpful to us.
3118 Let
me move on then to ‑‑ knowing that is coming, I won't drag
you, hour by hour, through it but let me move on then to sort of another, if I
can call it, another kind of package of programming, another type of
programming, and that is the 15 per cent of your programming that you indicate
will be in languages like Korean, Vietnamese, Filipino and will be provided by
independent producers or outside producers.
3119 I
guess some of the questions I have is who are these people and what kind of
controls do you have over them and are they producers from these countries who
are bringing foreign programming or are they from local venues and bringing us
local community programming?
3120 MR.
HO: Thank you, Commissioner.
3121 Can
I just very quickly ‑‑ can we move that light maybe a little
bit so we can see each other?
3122 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: This one?
3123 MR.
HO: This one right there, yes. Thank you.
3124 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You have noticed that I have
been ‑‑
3125 MR.
HO: Yes. I have been ducking my head as well. Thank you.
3126 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Such a simple solution, eh?
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3127 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: All right, thank you.
3128 MR.
HO: Our producers actually will be
producing programs that are of local source and they are all actually located
in Vancouver. Actually, we have been
looking and we have a policy of looking for qualified people.
3129 One
of your questions is you were saying, where are they coming from? They are all coming to this country as
immigrants. They have all lived here
for a period of time.
3130 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But they are located in
Vancouver, if I can put it that way?
3131 MR.
HO: They are all located in Vancouver.
3132 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And will the contents of
these programs be local reflective contents or are they going to contain
segments of foreign news or foreign information?
3133 Again,
it is my sense that I don't have a grip at this point, and I am sure that
document will help, but I don't have a grip on precisely what some of these
programs are going to look like, or sound like, more to the point.
3134 MR.
HO: Okay. Why don't I do it this way.
Teresa is a news ‑‑ well, first of all, on every
program, we will have, at the top of the hour, five minutes of local news.
3135 Now,
news is very important to this community.
What I will do is I will ask Teresa to elaborate on that part.
3136 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And what language will that
news be in?
3137 MR.
HO: The language will be in their
language ‑‑
3138 MS
WAT: Their audience language.
3139 MR.
HO: Yes, their audience, their
language. Go ahead, please.
3140 MS
WAT: Yes. Commissioner, all our news will be in a third language and we
will have news on the hour. It is five
minutes long.
3141 In
addition to that, for the Punjabi hours, because the Punjabi community is such
an important community, we will have an in‑depth news program at noontime,
between 12:00 and 12:30, and for that noon news, we will include local,
national and international news; and then from 6:30 to 7:00, we have another in‑depth
half‑hour news again. Again, that
one will include local, national and international.
3142 And
throughout all our news programs, even for Korean, for Tagalog or Vietnamese,
we do have news as well and we will make it very clear to our independent
producers that we should have news there, because according to our Ipsos‑Reid
survey, news is the most appealing element to our audience, and this is from
our experience in CHMB AM 1320 as well as Channel M also.
3143 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, in the sense of
adopting your term "will make it clear to the independent producers,"
what sort of controls are you going to have over these independent producers?
3144 MS
WAT: Actually, we have internal
guidelines in place and our program director as well as our coordinator for the
independent producers will train ‑‑ if we can get qualified
independent producers, they will do their program on their own because we trust
that they are professionals. But for
the other, because in this market sometimes it is not easy to get really
professional and experienced producers, so we will train them.
3145 We
keep training them because this is from the experience of CHMB. We have been conducting a lot of training,
professional training to all the independent producers. We provide them resources; we provide them
the editing facilities; with the technical side, we provide them help; content‑wise,
we provide them help.
3146 For
example, the news, our news department is going to provide them the news, the
local news, the national news as well as the international news, and for Korean
producers, they might try to include the news back home from Korea. So that is the part that they have to be
responsible for.
3147 MR.
RANDHAWA: Mr. Commissioner, if I may
just add. I just want to kind of maybe
elaborate on the fact of how important the local news is to the South Asian
community.
3148 A
lot of our elders, for example, my grandfather, he came from India, and a lot
of them, they are disconnected from their homeland back in India. The only avenue they have of knowing what is
going on back in India and what is going on locally is our news here that is
produced in the mother language that they speak. They don't watch BCTV, CBC.
The only avenue they have of knowing what is going on is that.
3149 So
I just want to kind of let you grasp how important it is that the news is there
on top of the hour, on every hour. That
is a big medium for people who are sitting at home and who have nothing else
really or much else to do other than listen to the radio and it is very
important in our community.
3150 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you for that. I don't question the need but I am somewhat
uncertain of the kind of levels of control and how this news will be collected.
3151 For
example, you know, you take your weekend programming which is focused on a
great number of smaller groups. Will
all those hour‑long programs be independently produced? And if they are bringing in news from
Europe, from Asia, how do you control it, how do you know that it is accurate,
that it is responsible, that it is from an agency that you can trust?
3152 MS
WAT: We do have a monitoring mechanism
in place, Commissioner. Our advisory
board, they will give us the feedback, and we do have close and regular
communications with the community groups.
They will give us feedback. We
get a lot of calls from our audience as well.
If there is something wrong going on in, say, a Tamil program, we will
get calls from our audience because we are accessible to our audience.
3153 So
we have a formal mechanism like our advisory board and informal mechanisms like
the audience calling us and telling us what is going on. So this is the kind of monitoring system
that we have.
3154 MR.
HO: May I also add, at this moment,
like CHMB, we have a news team of approximately eight people, about eight
people with us, working seven days a week.
Even on the weekend, we have our own news staff on duty.
3155 So
whenever there needs to be news gathering, we will have our own staff here
helping the independent producers as well and they quite often will go to our
newsroom and ask for information to see what is important. On top of that, they have their own news as
well.
3156 So
it is a situation where we help each other out and provide each other whatever
the need is there.
3157 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And it seems to me that there
is yet another level because we have your in‑house production crew, your
eight people, to use the CHMB example, and then we have your independent local
producers, and now the third level comes in and that is 12 to 18 hours of
brokered programming, mostly on weekends.
3158 Can
you give me some idea of exactly what the relationship will be between your
station and the people providing brokered programming?
3159 MR.
HO: Mr. Commissioner, none of our
programs are brokered. We work with
independent producers. In most of the
cases actually, we pay them to produce the program for us, and that is the
situation right now with CHMB. They are
fully responsible to us and we are fully responsible to both the CRTC as well
as the public.
3160 So
there is not at this moment a call for brokered programs, and the intention for
AM 1200 is the same. We find that is
much easier for us to have more control over the quality of their programming.
3161 As
the Commissioner can understand, we cannot afford to have high program quality
of one language and let other languages go down. We need to have a consistent quality there.
3162 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That was certainly the
direction I was heading in. I apologize
if I have confused your independent production relationships and brokered
programming. I apologize for that and
thank you for clearing it up.
3163 How
though ‑‑ even though we are dealing, not with brokered sales
now, not with sales time but with independent producers, how do you guarantee
the sort of high quality and particularly the local reflection that is expected
under the Ethnic Broadcasting Policy?
Is it simply a set of codes that you set up? From perhaps your experience at CHMB, you could help me through
that.
3164 MR.
HO: Again, let me draw on our experience
right now.
3165 Quite
often, if a program is not doing well, we quite often will see the
advertisement on the revenue side drop off quite significantly and that is one
indication to us that there is something wrong with the program.
3166 And
secondly, whenever we do a talk show, whatever the subject is, if it is a very
hot subject and we will not have phone calls coming in, that means there are no
listeners to us, and that is a very bad situation.
3167 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I guess that is about as bad
as it gets, you are right.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3168 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Nobody phones.
3169 MR.
HO: That is right.
3170 It
did happen during the past and we are paying very close attention, like I say,
to quality and that is coming from the public.
3171 Internally,
we do have a guideline, that we do provide it to them.
3172 And
lastly, like I say, we do train our independent producers and we give them all
the facilities that they can have and we support them. On top of it, like I say, we do have ongoing
training and tips that go on to tell them how to approach certain areas.
3173 Once
we give them the guideline, once we have the confidence in them, then we leave
them on very flexible terms and let them develop the area, and a lot of times,
they will come back to us and give us suggestions as well.
3174 We
have certain in‑house, like I say ‑‑ not in‑house ‑‑
independent producers that work very, very close with us and keep us informed
as to what is happening back home as well as what is the situation back home
affecting here.
3175 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You speak in your application
and supplementary brief about some of the staff members and you mentioned one
here this afternoon, your director of program development.
3176 Is
that person in place now, I assume conditional upon getting the licence, but
have you identified a director of program development at this point?
3177 MR.
HO: We do have one program developer
that is at CHMB at this moment, but as far as for the new licence, no, we have
not made a firm commitment at this moment with anyone but we will be once we
get the licence.
3178 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And will that person be
separate from the individual now at CHMB?
Will it be a separate program developer for 1200?
3179 MR.
HO: Yes, it will be.
3180 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And could we say the same
about particular show producers? You
referred to having production capacity in‑house.
3181 How
many do you envisage having and will they be working at both radio stations at
once or solely for 1200?
3182 MR.
HO: Well actually, what we have done,
we have designed the language of the two radio stations to be different so we
can serve more communities in this way.
3183 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mm‑hmm.
3184 MR.
HO: Whatever the language will be
broadcast at AM 1200 will not be repeated on AM 1320, CHMB, and vice
versa. So in that situation, yes, we
will be needing different producers for different language programs there.
3185 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And when the paper process,
if I can call it that, the paper part of this application process closed, you
had spoken about an advisory board but there was nobody appointed at that
point. This afternoon, we have been
introduced to one.
3186 Have
you got in mind a full advisory board at this point?
3187 MR.
HO: We do have a list of the advisory
board at this moment. With us, you have
seen some of the advisory but we also have the following ‑‑ we
have a total of 11 advisory at this moment, eight from the Punjabi community,
one Vietnamese, one Korean, one Chinese.
3188 It
is also listed on our AM 1200 Web site with a complete bio, et cetera, and let
me just read a few names here.
3189 Mr.
Asa Johal, who has received the Order of Canada, Order of B.C., and the sawmill
he owns is the largest privately owned and operated company in B.C.
3190 We
have Pritam Singh Aulakh. He is the
former President of Akali Singh Sikh Temple.
3191 We
have Mr. Sandhu Singh Dhesi. He is a
recipient of the Queen's Golden Jubilee Medal.
3192 We
have Jaggit Singh Sandhu and also Mrs. Yonah Martin, the Korean lady, and Mr.
Jimmy Du, our Vietnamese advisor.
3193 As
I say, all of their bios and all of their pictures, et cetera, is listed on our
Web site at this moment.
3194 MR.
RANDHAWA: Mr. Commissioner, if I may
just add on that, I am actually a member of the advisory board as well and I
really want to commend Mr. Ho on how he approached the advisory board.
3195 He
came and he met with all members of the community. He went to the different Sikh temples. He actually went to every Sikh temple within the Lower Mainland
area and spoke to the community members there and that is how he actually
formulated this advisory board. So it
is members from all the different parts of our Sikh community and also other
communities as well too.
3196 So
I just wanted ‑‑ thank you.
3197 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I was trying to pick up the
gender balance, if I can go there.
3198 Do
I make it there are two women on the board and rest are men?
3199 MR.
HO: Well, right now, there are three
women on the board.
3200 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Three women.
3201 And
how long are the terms? Can you just
give me a little idea about the sort of basics, the mechanics?
3202 MR.
HO: At this moment, we have not talked
about definite terms but like everything else, our general terms will be two
years, and in two years, we will ask the advisors whether they would like to
continue or not.
3203 At
times, we will be adding because we didn't really set a limitation as to how
many board members that we have, but generally speaking, it is probably not
going to be over a number of 15.
3204 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And from your experience in
radio so far, can you give me some notion about how you see the relationship
between the day‑to‑day operators and managers of your station and
the advisory board working in terms of local reflection, program control,
monitoring the results of each other?
3205 You
spoke earlier about the horror show of nobody phoning in. What is the relationship between the day‑to‑day
operators and an advisory board, from your experience?
3206 MR.
HO: From our experience, first of all,
officially, we will meet quarterly and our person will be there as well as the
General Manager of the station. We are
all going to be presented at the overall meetings with all the advisory
presented there.
3207 And
secondly, our phone ‑‑ my cellphone and my General Manager's
cellphone is open 24 hours a day.
Whenever there is a problem, we do receive phone calls, and sometimes
that comes from the public.
3208 By
the way, my cellphone is also available to the public. I do not hide it. If they call, I will answer it.
3209 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I will do you a favour and
not ask you to give me the number on the record.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3210 MR.
HO: My number is widely given out to
everybody. I wouldn't be able to answer
them right now but there are times they will be calling me.
3211 And
also, like I say, a very important role of the advisors ‑‑
which I will ask Amar as well as Mr. Sohi to talk about their role and what
they have been doing to help us in formulating programming, et cetera.
3212 So
we will start with Amar.
3213 MR.
RANDHAWA: Mr. Commissioner, I am a
first generation Indo‑Canadian born and raised in Vancouver. So to me and also to many younger
generations like myself, the most important thing that we are lacking at this
moment is the fact that we don't have a medium where we can express our ideas, express
our issues that are occurring within our community, and there is a big cultural
communication gap that is existent right now, that we actually need to bridge
that gap and we need to have that medium where we can speak about the issues.
3214 So
my role, essentially, would be to advise Mainstream on the youth issues within
the community.
3215 And
also, we are very intertwined ‑‑ our community is actually a
large community, yet, it is very intertwined together here in British
Columbia. So we know when events are
happening, we know when there are special events within our community. So we would be advising Mainstream on an
ongoing basis.
3216 I
will let Mr. Sohi ‑‑
3217 MR.
SOHI: Commissioner, I am quite involved
in the community for the last 30 years.
I have served the pioneer organization of the Sikh Khalsa Diwan Society
which was established about 100 years ago, 1906. I had the opportunity to serve there and then I also served in
the first Khalsa school Vancouver had and also I am proud to be a founding
member of the first institution we had, Khalsa Credit Union..
3218 Presently,
I am the President of the society, I have been for about four years.
3219 So
I am quite interested whosoever comes ‑‑ my inherited
language, which is the Punjabi, and I came to know and my community came to
know James Ho providing good service through Channel M, and he was doing an
excellent job and a very neutral person and doing it in a very professional
way.
3220 So
I came to him and then I approached him and we found out that he had a very,
very well professional plan and he had very good resources and thought he would
be a very good part of the community for the promotion of our inherited
language, which is the Punjabi language, with other languages.
3221 So
I have high hopes and my community has high hopes on James Ho so that he can
provide good radio service. Although
our community is excellent in so many other ways, it took us almost 100 years
to go on the airwaves, which we are seeking your permission. Thank you.
3222 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you have his cellphone
number?
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3223 MR.
SOHI: I do.
3224 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you know how to use it?
3225 MR.
SOHI: I do.
3226 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. You are warned, sir.
3227 Yes,
ma'am. I thought we were going to hear
from you as well on the advisory board.
Are we?
3228 MS
BRAR: Yes.
3229 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you.
3230 MS
BRAR: I hope like James Ho is a better
person for us. Like I am always keen to
watch the news at M Channel. Like
always, the whole day we spend, whatever we are doing, and we wait for that
news.
3231 So
I approached him, like we need several other issues to be solved, as I
mentioned before, like the women issues and the issues from youth, because I am
a mother also with young children. So I
hope he will listen to us and he will bring those programs in.
3232 MR.
RANDHAWA: Mr. Commissioner, I would
just add one more thing actually. I
just wanted to maybe touch a little on what Miss Brar had just mentioned about
Channel M.
3233 Channel
M actually has an interactive program that runs once a week. It is a Punjabi‑language interaction
program where younger‑generation people who don't necessarily speak
Punjabi can call in and communicate back, where they have English and Punjabi
that goes back and forth. So it is
there and there is a lot of interest in it.
3234 So
in terms of the talk radio format, I think it would be very well received in
our community and especially amongst the younger generation.
3235 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay.
3236 And
on the subject of calling in, you did mention, Mr. Ho, that a good whack of
every morning would be a phone‑in show.
Do you have phone‑in shows now on CHMB?
3237 MR.
HO: Yes, we do.
3238 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And you are aware of the
expectations of the Commission with regard to controls and abusive comments and
that sort of thing?
3239 MR.
HO: Yes, we do.
3240 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Can we assume the same sorts
of codes that you are applying today would be applied at your new station?
3241 MR.
HO: Yes.
3242 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. I think that is about as good as it gets.
3243 With
regard to the many groups, whether we call it 32 or whether we narrow it down a
little later, how do you ensure on these open lines that everybody gets a fair
shake or is it just simply to the bigger groups that you offer the open‑line
shows?
3244 MR.
HO: Well first of all, when you talk
about a fair share, we do offer a call‑in show ‑‑ to
give you one example, at this moment, we do have a Filipino show that airs one
hour a week. That show actually is very
light in terms of a show in the sense that it will play some music, but in
between music, the host will ask questions, will discuss issues such as
immigration, and as soon as he talks about certain issues, the phones start to
light up and they will start to take calls and ask people, you know, what is
your concern about this issue and that issue, and people do respond quite
favourably with Jojo. That is our
Filipino producer.
3245 Like
I say, it is a situation where we will build up the trust and it is really a
situation where the independent producers have to show us their credibility and
how they have been doing over a period of time, and mostly during the time,
like I say, we will provide them with a lot of our in‑house training and
they will be observing how we have been doing things.
3246 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Okay. And to continue on with the relationship
between your existing radio station and the new one should you be granted a
licence, synergies as you referred to them, I think you have given me and my
colleagues a very clear picture of where the savings lie and where the
advantages lie.
3247 I
mean one doesn't have to be a genius to understand that you have an AM tower up
there already, so that you are more than halfway home to getting a second
signal out of it and that sort of thing, and that kind of thing is clear. Obviously, you can share off a space and you
can share a receptionist or something like that, but what I am a little less
clear on is what might be exclusively assigned to each service, where there
will be lines, in other words.
3248 For
example, you spoke of having, I think you said eight news staff now at
CHMB. Will you have a similar
contingent of news reporters assigned to the new service that will work
exclusively for them or will the reporters work back and forth for both
services?
3249 MR.
HO: I will let Teresa elaborate on that
part.
3250 MS
WAT: Commissioner, since I used to be
the News Director for Channel M ‑‑ many years ago, I used to
be a Director for CHMB and I was the CEO and General Manager there, so I can
speak on this issue.
3251 What
we are thinking of having synergies with Channel M and CHMB in our new radio
station is to share our news gathering.
We will share the reporters. For
example, the reporters will go and cover an event, and that event, of course,
is not a community event, it is a so‑called bigger community event and
that can be shared by the three media.
3252 Then
the savings that we can save will be devoted to covering more community stories
that will expand our news coverage and also improve the news quality. That is the kind of synergies in the news
department.
3253 MR.
HO: Let me just add that we will
be ‑‑ in addition to the eight news reporting staff from our
CHMB, we will be hiring approximately ‑‑ how many more ‑‑
five more news staff that would be working at AM 1200.
3254 MS
WAT: I have one more thing to add,
Commissioner.
3255 Even
though we are sharing our news gathering services, I have to emphasize that the
three media will be independent of each other in terms of their news
programming because each of them will have their own news director to decide on
their editorial policy.
3256 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Have you prepared a list of
possible positions and who you will be hiring at this point? Have you got anything like that you could
provide us with, in other words, how many announcers, how many producers?
3257 You
have just talked about a new news director.
Do you have that sort of information at hand?
3258 MR.
HO: Yes. Actually, we have all this information ready and we will file it.
3259 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: We would be grateful to have
it. Again, it is like the programming,
it gives us a much stronger understanding of what this new station is going to
look like and how it will be staffed.
That would be helpful. If you
could file that sometime before the end of this week, that would be very
helpful to us. Thank you.
3260 Will
you share programs, actual programs, between the existing and the new
station? Is there any room there to
actually repeat programs, to share them, air one on CHMB and the same program
for some reason on the new station? Is
there any cross‑cultural room there that would make a program work for
both stations?
3261 MR.
HO: At this moment, I don't think so,
because, as I was saying, whatever is being aired at CHMB will be aired in a
third language which is different from AM 1200. So there is really no overlapping languages in that sense.
3262 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I don't mean to pin you down
but could we go back to my favourite page of your supplementary brief, page 4,
because in light of the answer you have just given me, which makes sense, by
the way, when we consider the language differences and whatnot, but there is a
paragraph ‑‑ the last two sentences of the second‑last
paragraph under the heading "AM 1200 Programming Considerations," and
I will read them to you in case each of you doesn't have a copy:
"To better serve the ethnic groups with the programming provided by
each station, Mainstream will adjust the current program schedule of CHMB 1320
to specifically focus the two stations.
This will also ensure that there is no same‑day duplication of
third‑language programming."
(As read)
3263 It
seems to tell me that adjustments are needed to stop overlap and it seems to
say that even after the adjustments, there may be an overlap but something that
is aired on one on a Wednesday would be aired on the other one on a Saturday or
something like that. Am I misreading
that?
3264 MR.
HO: You are not misreading it. Perhaps it is our ‑‑
Commissioner, please understand that English is still our second language. Sometimes we do not make ourselves very
clear.
3265 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: My Punjabi is horrible,
absolutely terrible.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3266 MR.
HO: My Punjabi probably is the same as
yours.
3267 What
I really do mean ‑‑ I am sorry if I confused anybody ‑‑
when we look at the programming, some of the programs that are being broadcast
at CHMB will be transferring over to AM 1200.
3268 And
what that really means is that we identified certain groups that are
broadcasting currently at CHMB but the group is growing and we are not able to
provide them with more air time, so we are migrating them to AM 1200 by
providing them with more time.
3269 Instead,
the language that we will be ‑‑ that will be missed at CHMB
will be replaced by an additional new language, a third language that we will
be broadcasting, and by this, we will not be able to broadcast or repeat a
program from one radio station and repeat to another one.
3270 However,
I do want to say that we do not repeat the programs in our station right at
this time but we do ‑‑ I do not know how many stations do that
but we are producing fairly high quality programs and we do export them. We do sell them over in the foreign
sources. We do sell them to the States
and other parts of the country.
3271 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That is great, just keep
exporting.
3272 You
may want to consult with counsel on this and you may not have thought it out
but sometime before the end of this week, I wouldn't mind a projection from you
on whether you think you might have to come back to this Commission for an
amendment to the licence of CHMB, depending on how far the migration of groups,
cultural groups, goes, because you are committed under your present licence to
serving certain groups and a certain number of them.
3273 This
is very much top of the head but perhaps during one of the later phases, unless
you have already thought this out, you might let us know whether you think that
might result in having to amend your current licence.
3274 MR.
HO: Thank you, Commissioner. We did think about it and I did think it out
quite extensively.
3275 One
of the areas that we identified over the years and throughout our experience is
lumping certain third languages together.
We find that is quite interesting to us because, for instance, we have
lumped all the northern European languages together, the four languages ‑‑
well, there are five actually. We have
put together four of them and the four languages, even though they are
different, however, these four groups of languages or the community actually
understands somehow from each other.
3276 Each
language represents anywhere from 10,000 to 20,000‑25,000 people within
the Lower Mainland but if we can lump all these languages together and serve
the community, actually, we are serving 80,000‑100,000 people that will
be listening and that will be ‑‑ we actually got this idea
from talking to the community and the community actually suggested that to
us. It really helped us to expand our
service to the different communities.
3277 Right
now, we are serving 12 different languages ‑‑ we are up to 15
at this moment as a result of this and this is why I have confidence that we
are able to serve as many languages as we are serving right now by having 16
languages at AM 1200, because it is ‑‑ like I say, it is
something new that we have discovered and something new that is being advised
to us by their community. I do go out
to their events and I do talk to them, and the information that I receive is
just incredible.
3278 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, thank you, and I will
leave the deeper legal questions to your counsel, whether there is some possibility
that you need an amendment but it sounds like you have found an innovative new
way to do this.
3279 I
see Mr. Kane shaking his head. So we
will put on the record that Mr. Kane shook his head in the negative. I don't know what that shake of the head is
going to cost you, gentlemen, but there you go.
3280 I
am going to move on very, very quickly through some other areas. We are almost done.
3281 Canadian
talent development. I have very few
questions on that really.
3282 One
refers to the $3,000 per year that you have allocated to FACTOR but you
indicated you will be allocating it through Music BC. What I simply want to know is how the payment will be made.
3283 How
do you envisage making this payment, directly to FACTOR and letting them
disburse it, or directly to Music BC?
3284 MR.
HO: That is something actually I have
thought about as well.
3285 Music
BC actually is a B.C.‑based FACTOR branch and a lot of the talent that
they support are B.C. based. What I
would like to see is contributing directly to this organization locally so they
can disburse their funds and support local talent that is within British
Columbia.
3286 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you envisage a direct
payment then to Music BC at this point?
3287 MR.
HO: That is correct.
3288 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you.
3289 And
then just a slight confusion that I had over your total Canadian talent
development payment, which is at $204,000 over seven years, and of course, the
obvious knee‑jerk reaction is to divide that by seven and come up with
$29,143, but at another point, you indicate that the payments, in fact, will be
made $27,000 year one, $28,000 year two, $29,000 year three, and then $30,000
for the remaining years.
3290 If
you could just clarify whether you want to do it in the way I have just read or
at $29,143 per year.
3291 MR.
HO: Well actually, there was ‑‑
a confusion actually started when we actually used the total number and divided
by seven.
3292 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Mm‑hmm.
3293 MR.
HO: Our real intention is to do it the
way that you just read.
3294 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Twenty‑seven, 28, 29
and then 30 thereafter?
3295 MR.
HO: Yes.
3296 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: That is the question and that
is the answer. Thank you very much.
3297 Now,
just some quick questions about the survey, not of marketing so much, the Ipsos‑Reid
survey, and I will try to make this brief because I have to admit, some of it
was just my own prurient curiosity and probably doesn't reflect on your
application at all.
3298 Perhaps
you could just tell me, I wasn't clear.
Did you select 516 third‑language speakers somehow or just 516
residents of this area?
3299 MS
ROGERS: The way we approached this is
we defined it as an ethnic community and what we did is they either had to meet
one of two conditions, the first being that they spoke a mother tongue
language, indicated in South Asian or ethnic communities, as outlined in the
study, or the other condition that they could meet to participate in the survey
would that at least one of their parents spoke a mother tongue language other
than English, French and Aboriginal.
3300 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And how did you describe to
each respondent the nature of what you were talking about?
3301 I
mean you couldn't have gone through the whole application, obviously, or even
the supplementary brief. I know that we
have the raw material but without, in any way, showing any disrespect for your
profession, sometimes the raw material is rather difficult to get through. So I thought I would just ask you in
narrative form how you would have described this, how you would have given them
the sense of what was being talked about.
3302 MS
ROGERS: It can be a fairly dry thing to
go through every page of the report but what we do is we typically ‑‑
in this case, we basically were just looking at it as a radio assessment study
and we didn't identify what really the specific objectives were up front.
3303 We
basically introduced slowly what their listenership habits were, when they
listened, that kind of thing, and then slowly introduced the concept, asked
interest, asked assessment of need in the community and that kind of thing.
3304 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: And of course, you folks
swear by these numbers and I do get the feeling that all truth on earth lies in
those numbers somewhere, it is just that I don't know where, but what confused
me, if I can tell you ‑‑ I guess this really isn't relevant
but I just can't leave this without asking.
3305 Why
was there so high an interest among Chinese speakers in a service which was
clearly offering no Chinese programming?
3306 MS
ROGERS: The concept itself wasn't
described to be specific to a certain group.
The concept in general was about ethnic programming, multicultural
programming, that kind of thing.
3307 So
when we surveyed the ethnic community here, which included South Asians, other
Asians, Chinese, European, continental European, so they would take the survey
and the idea of this proposed radio station in the context of their language,
their mother tongue. So that is why the
interest with the Chinese would be higher.
3308 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So they didn't know what
tongue but they knew it wasn't English, French or whatever?
3309 MS
ROGERS: They knew ‑‑
well, the assumption would be that it would be in their mother tongue, that
this would be directed at them.
3310 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: I see.
3311 And
then another couple of figures that jumped out at me ‑‑ and
feel free to explain just how little I understand about your craft. I have a reasonably thick skin after all
these years.
3312 The
survey finds, if I read it correctly, that 40 per cent of respondents say there
is enough of this type of radio that you described and 42 per cent say there is
not enough. That struck me as really
telling but I am not quite sure why, so I was hoping you could tell me. I mean it is a real even split, isn't it?
3313 MS
ROGERS: It is.
3314 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So what do you make of
it? As a pollster, what do you make of
this kind of a result?
3315 MS
ROGERS: That question in particular is
fairly subjective to each respondent because it is their expectation of what
enough is, it is what they expect in their community.
3316 The
real finding that we find particularly interesting, I think, which does really
portray whether a certain ethnicity is under‑represented or under‑served
in a community is with regards to interest, when we clearly ask them the
interest in the concept itself, and at that point, we do see that even though
earlier on they were kind of middling in regards to whether there is enough or
not, they were sort of undecided, there clearly was a significant majority in
both ethnic cases that said they were interested in this.
3317 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So in the end ‑‑
I guess maybe I am moving away from the actual surveying into what you did with
it but whoever wants to jump in on this, it is fine ‑‑ but
armed with this survey, did you then put together the list of cultural
communities you were going to serve or did you really just take it as a general
notion that there was a need out there and then pick the communities
yourself? I mean Punjabi is a no‑brainer,
everybody has picked that one, but what do you do after that?
3318 MS
ROGERS: Yes, I will make on quick
point. The one thing that I can
certainly say from this study, and really, I am an unbiased source, is that
with regards to the South Asian population there is a real interest in
multicultural and ethnic programming and that is very clear in this study that
we did. So that ‑‑ I
mean aside from the direction the group wanted to take, that came through
regardless. That was just a real key.
3319 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So what did you do? Why do we have Spanish and all the other
ones on there? How did they get picked? Did that come out from the survey as well or
did that just come from you looking down at the demographics and deciding that
those were the logical choices because there were more of them?
3320 MR.
HO: I am sorry, Commissioner, can you
repeat that again?
3321 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Well, your pollster has told
us that the South Asian population was obvious, it was big in the survey and
anyone could see that that was an unserved market niche, and I guess what I am
just wondering is where did the decision come ‑‑ how did you
pick the others? Of the sort of 16 or
32, depending on whether we are using language or cultural groups, how did you
then pick the other ones?
3322 MR.
HO: Well first of all, with many years
of experience in broadcasting, there is always this demand that we fill in the
community.
3323 In
this situation, we first look at the demographics and we take a look at the
growth, the population growth, and lastly, we put it all together with our
experience and gut feeling, but to confirm that, we have to hire the research
group to confirm if what we feel is true and this is how we put it together, a
combination of art and scientific way of doing it.
3324 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you look at the population
figures. And then do you have a kind of
rule of thumb that you feel you have to get a certain percentage or it isn't
worth going there or how do you make those calculations?
3325 MR.
HO: There is no rule of thumb at this
moment but I can say, from our experience, if you take a look at the Chinese
population, how we started 33 years ago, the population was nowhere where it is
today but the growth is there.
3326 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: So you just go after the
market and get as much as you can, there isn't a cutoff point where you say, if
we can't get this much, it is not worth doing it?
3327 MR.
HO: Well obviously, we are not going to
go in to produce a language if there are only 174 people in the community
here ‑‑
3328 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Right.
3329 MR.
HO: ‑‑ but you know, there has to be a meaningful number.
3330 Again,
on top of that, we take a look at the growth.
If the growth is not there, it would be hard for us to commit a lengthy
hour in that language but if the growth is there, the population will come.
3331 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: From your experience, because
you have referred often to the experience of your existing station and your
work in television as well, do you have a sense of what kind of market share
you will have in this station, in terms of listening hours, say, over the first
year or over the first seven years?
3332 Are
you at a point in your broadcasting career where you can look ahead at that and
say, I think this is a reasonable share that we will have?
3333 MR.
HO: As I was saying, experience tells
us that if we produce a quality program, we will have a huge amount of
listeners following the program. Again,
I will draw on my experience at CHMB.
3334 At
this moment, CHMB is a stand‑alone AM station. What it has is it has a very high‑quality program, in my
personal opinion, because we are fighting with a competitor who has one AM, one
FM, one Cantonese television that is almost aired 24 hours a day, and one
Mandarin Chinese television that is almost aired 24 hours a day.
3335 We
are stand‑alone and we are competing with one group who owns all these
four different media companies, and yet, the last survey that we did, which was
at the end of May ‑‑ the survey was done by a subsidiary of
BBM, Comquest ‑‑ it showed us that we have 81 per cent of the
Chinese market share, and that is the result of good service and good quality
program.
3336 I
want to repeat that with AM 1200 and I firmly believe that if I can produce the
same high‑quality program and also by listening to the community and
listening to their demands, and I have very good advisors with me and they will
advise me along the way, we will capture a large part of the community as our
listenership.
3337 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: You have set me up
beautifully for my last question, and you know, when I say it is my last
question, I always have a follow‑up.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3338 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Competitiveness ‑‑
you are going head‑to‑head with your competitor on your existing
format and your existing market and if you are successful with this application
of yours, then some other people aren't, so you won't be and you might find
yourself going head‑to‑head with these two competitors out of
Washington, and if you were in the room for the last couple of days, it is
pretty clear they are not going to just roll over and invite you to take away
their audience share.
3339 I
wonder whether, having heard what you have heard over the last few days and
looked at their determination to carry on and to succeed, whether you are still
confident about obtaining whatever level of revenue you thought you might
obtain from repatriation when you created your application.
3340 I
don't know actually what level of your revenues you think might come from
repatriation, maybe you could help us with that, and I wonder whether, having
heard what you have heard, whether you are as confident today.
3341 MR.
HO: Well, if that is the financial side
of questions, I will turn this question over to Kannon who can talk about
repatriation or the sources of revenues.
That is where that is coming from.
3342 Go
ahead.
3343 MR.
KAMALAKANNEN: In our financial forecast,
we didn't include any repatriation of revenue from those two stations.
3344 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Oh, there is none included in
there whatsoever?
3345 MR.
KAMALAKANNEN: None.
3346 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Wow!
3347 Well,
those are my questions, Mr. Chairman, then. I can't think of a real final question. That one has left me gob‑smacked, as they say. So those are my questions. Thank you.
3348 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3349 Commissioner
Wylie.
3350 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Mr. Ho, perhaps with the help of
Mr. Henke, you can address the issue of frequencies. Of course, as these competitive hearings proceed, we find
ourselves with wonderful applications and not too many frequencies.
3351 Is
1200 the only AM frequency that you have found would be adequate? I realize that it would help you co‑locate
with your existing transmitter for CHMB.
Is that a requirement? Has your
engineer identified another frequency that would be possible even if it were
more expensive or would it be possible at the same site?
3352 We
have some indication that there may be ‑‑ this is a Victoria
allocation, eh?
3353 MR.
HENKE: Yes. This was originally a Victoria allocation which has done an AM to
FM flip and it is being moved into Vancouver, correct.
3354 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. Does that mean that your site at the moment for CHMB is
absolutely crucial to ‑‑
3355 MR.
HENKE: It is not crucial from a point
of view of establishing the AM transmitter site. It is very advantageous from the fact of combining using existing
facilities, buildings, towers, and adding the minimum amount of hardware ‑‑
3356 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes.
3357 MR.
HENKE: ‑‑ to accommodate the additional 1200.
3358 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes, because we have noticed,
for example, that your technical costs are low compared to the other
applicant ‑‑
3359 MR.
HENKE: Yes.
3360 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ on 1200.
3361 To
go back to my initial question, we have an indication that there may be another
Vancouver AM frequency available. Is
that yours?
3362 MR.
HENKE: Is that mine?
3363 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Is that your indication as well?
3364 MR.
HENKE: There are a couple of other
frequencies that are capable of operating in this area. When we took a look at the frequency band,
the frequency of 1200 provided the very best coverage of all frequencies at the
lowest capital cost of implementation.
Anything else has less coverage and/or higher costs.
3365 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: And would the costs be as high,
let's say, as the other applicant on 1200, which are on the public file and are
way higher or close to a million?
3366 MR.
HENKE: I am sorry, I am not ‑‑
I didn't read the financials of their ‑‑
3367 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Well, just as a ballpark figure.
3368 MR.
HENKE: Yes, I would suggest that it is
probably going to more than double the cost of what we have already in the
budgets.
3369 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. Double only? Because what
we have between the other application is $90,000 compared to, I believe, a
million.
3370 MR.
HENKE: Yes. I mean it is ‑‑
3371 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: But heaven knows what is in
there.
3372 MR.
HENKE: It is ‑‑ you
know, the difference in a piece of ‑‑ building a tower south
of Vancouver here, if you move it a half a mile and you move from solid ground
to peat bog, you can add many hundreds of thousands of dollars to the
foundations, to the structure, et cetera.
So it is ‑‑ I really don't want to give a number,
please.
3373 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes. After purchasing the land ‑‑
3374 MR.
HENKE: Yes.
3375 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ but it is much more?
3376 MR.
HENKE: Yes.
3377 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So this leads to the question,
Mr. Ho, of you.
3378 Is
the use of 1200 absolutely required for you to go ahead with this application?
3379 MR.
HO: The use of AM 1200 is absolutely
the best signal for this application that we can see at this moment and I would
say, at this time, yes, it is quite crucial in us establishing the signal for
serving the communities.
3380 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: So in other words, you wouldn't
go ahead without being granted the use of that frequency?
3381 MR.
HO: We will consider going ahead if
there are other ‑‑ if we are granted the licence and if the
Commission feels that AM 1200 is not for us, we will be seeking another AM
signal. I would say, we will want that
option to be open for us.
3382 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Okay. Even with Mr. Henke's comment?
3383 Now,
another question which crops up at this stage of the game is this is a
competitive hearing, you are competing on two fronts, one, for the frequency,
and the other, for the market basically because there is an overlap in the
target audiences ‑‑ and that, hopefully, will give a clue to
the other applicants that they may be asked the same ‑‑ what
is it you wouldn't live with in terms of licensing among all the applicants
that we have before us? What do you
think is a sensible number and targeted to what audiences for your purposes?
3384 MR.
HO: I don't quite catch the question, I
am sorry.
3385 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: We are trying to see, in your
view, because you are already an ethnic broadcaster in the market, along with
what other new stations that are before us would you be able to have a viable
enterprise on 1200?
3386 Because
there is an overlap of some significance in the languages that you are going to
target, we have commented more than once about the possible continuation of the
two American signals coming in and targeting these audiences as well. Where do you feel there will be a saturation
that will make it difficult for you to implement this proposal on 1200? We are not talking about frequency anymore.
3387 MR.
HO: Okay, you are talking about the
programming then?
3388 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Pardon me?
3389 MR.
HO: You are talking about the
programming?
3390 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Yes.
3391 MR.
HO: Okay.
3392 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: You know the applications ‑‑
3393 MR.
HO: Right.
3394 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: ‑‑ that are before us and that there is overlap in the
audiences targeted. So ‑‑
3395 MR.
HO: Well, in this situation, in our
application here, if you take a look at my AM 1200 application, it is really a
true talk format where spoken word is the majority of my programming. It is AM 1200. It is an AM station. It
is geared for an AM station.
3396 I
do not have a huge amount of music that we play. I think music should be geared towards the FM. However, if you have an FM station, I do not
think the FM station should be geared with the talk format, okay.
3397 It
is ‑‑ you know, put in front of the Commission is, I believe,
the best usage of this AM 1200. I
actually sat through most of the applications.
I heard most of the applications, including the previous AM application
as well, and we have 107 hours of spoken word out of 126 hours, and like I say,
it is geared towards the AM format.
3398 Had
I wanted to come to the Commission with a music format, I would apply for an FM
application at this moment, but at this moment, like I say, the necessity and
the best usage of AM is talk format. If
I play music on AM, I will not be able to compete with the FM. It just doesn't work nowadays.
3399 MR.
RANDHAWA: Madam Commissioner ‑‑
3400 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I gather from your comments that
a music format, albeit geared or targeting the Punjabi community, is not a big
competing concern for you?
3401 MR.
RANDHAWA: Madam Commissioner, if I
could just add on that end, there is ‑‑ even though there are
two radio stations that do run out of Bellingham, there is still a huge gap
that has not been filled in terms of talk radio, in terms of lifestyle issues,
in terms of women's issues. A lot of
that format is not there currently.
3402 There
is a lot of music but that is not the most important thing that is evolving
within our community at this moment. We
are a growing community out here, a South Asian community. We want to speak about the issues. We want to have a forum where we can address
those issues.
3403 So
just to talk about that a little bit, I think there is still a huge gap that
can be filled and I think AM 1200, that is where their proposal is very sound
in dedicating that many hours to talk radio and lifestyle issues.
3404 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Thank you.
3405 MR.
HO: Have we answered your
question? Thank ‑‑
3406 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Oh, yes.
3407 MR.
HO: Thank you.
3408 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: I didn't hear you. Thank you.
3409 MR.
HO: Okay.
3410 COMMISSIONER
WYLIE: Thank you, gentlemen.
3411 Thank
you, Mr. Chairman.
3412 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Williams.
3413 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Just a small question or two
of clarification.
3414 During
your opening presentation, on page 6, Mr. Randhawa stated, if you go to the end
of paragraph 2, "South Asians make up" ‑‑ it is
written here, "23 per cent of the visible minority population of
Vancouver," but during his presentation, he said 31 per cent.
3415 Which
number should ‑‑ the one that is written or the one that he
spoke?
3416 MR.
HO: Well, let's put it this way, the
population has grown over the period of time, okay. I would suggest ‑‑
3417 MR.
RANDHAWA: I would actually go with the
31 per cent in terms of the overall South Asian population.
3418 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. And how did you arrive at that percentage?
3419 MR.
RANDHAWA: Actually, maybe I will give
that back to Catherine there.
3420 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay.
3421 MR.
MEIKLEJOHN: Commissioner, I will speak
to that, please.
3422 The
2001 census is where the population data was drawn from, and then the last 30
years of immigration expressed as a percentage was extrapolated over the next
three years, which shows over 300,000 people between South Asian and other
Asian populations in Greater Vancouver.
3423 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: So what percentage would that
be again? I am sorry. If you had to change that to a percentage,
would that be ‑‑ I was trying to just verify whether it is the
23 per cent that is written or the 31 that he says is closer to. What would be the closest figure in your
opinion?
3424 MR.
MEIKLEJOHN: In my opinion, it would be
closer to the 31 per cent.
3425 COMMISSIONER
WILLIAMS: Okay. So we will disregard the 23 in the written
one. Thank you.
3426 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much,
ladies and gentlemen. That concludes
your appearance at Phase I.
3427 MR.
HO: I am sorry, can I ‑‑
I guess everything that we said will be recorded as a record here. I just want to take one last 30 seconds, if
you have just 30 seconds more.
3428 I
want to thank the Commissioners, the CRTC staff as well as all the people with
me today, and I also want to thank especially one person that really wanted to
be here but could not be here, Mr. Phillip Moy.
3429 I
want to take this special time of 20‑30 seconds to thank him from the
bottom of my heart. Mr. Moy has been
working with me for many years.
Unfortunately, he has cancer at this moment and he insisted on me putting
down his name because he wanted to be here.
3430 He
was very instrumental in putting this whole application together and at this
moment he is going through chemotherapy.
I want to say thank you and I really truly appreciate your time and I
want to thank you from the bottom of my heart.
3431 Thank
you, Commissioners. Thank you.
3432 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3433 We
will break now for 15 minutes. Nous
reprendrons dans 15 minutes, at 4:45.
‑‑‑ Upon recessing
at 1630 / Suspension à 1630
‑‑‑ Upon resuming
at 1645 / Reprise à 1645
3434 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Order, please.
3435 Mr.
Secretary, the next item, please.
3436 MR.
LeBEL: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
3437 Item
8 on the agenda is an application by Newlife Communications Incorporated, for a
licence to operate a commercial low‑power specialty FM ethnic radio
station in Vancouver.
3438 The
new station will operate on frequency 88.5 megahertz on Channel 208LP, with an
effective radiated power of 50 watts.
3439 Gentlemen,
you have 20 minutes to make your presentation.
PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION
3440 MR.
SANDHU: Mr. Chairman, Members of the
CRTC Panel, I was born in Singapore and raised in a Sikh family. As I grew up, I grew up with the Chinese
kids. If it wasn't for my colour, they
probably thought I was Chinese.
3441 I
spoke many dialects in Singapore and some of the dialects of Chinese that I
speak is Hokkien, Gui‑Liu, Cantonese, Jianghuai, Hockchew, Hakka and
Mandarin. The other languages that I
speak, South Asian languages, are Punjabi, Hindi and Urdu. The Asian languages that I speak are
Malaysian and Indonesian.
3442 As
I grew up, it was difficult because I grew up with the Chinese people and yet I
had to speak my language. So I had a
hard time reading the Punjabi language of my mother tongue.
3443 I
am not a master of any of those languages.
3444 I
started in the radio business with CIAJ‑FM in Prince Rupert. We got our licence approved and we have been
on the air since the year 2000. After
that I helped start the station in Whitehorse, which is CIAY, and they have
been running for the last two years.
3445 My
experience with the radio station has been DJ‑ing, interviewing, running
our own show with my daughter, Mikale, and we have a weekly program called
"Songs Alive" where we promote new artists, especially Canadian
artists.
3446 I
am also a moderator of "Christian Radio Canadian News" across Canada
and advisor to some of the radio stations across Canada, those that are
Christian.
3447 By
trade I am an instrument technician. I
lived in Toronto for ten years since 1971 to 1981, and moved to Prince Rupert
from 1981 to 2001 until the pulp mill shut down. I moved to Kelowna and now I reside in Edmonton.
3448 When
this radio station is approved, I will be moving again to Vancouver to run this
radio station.
3449 The
history of Christian radio ‑‑
3450 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Excuse me, sir. Before you start on that, this might be an
appropriate time for you to introduce yourself and the people with you.
3451 MR.
SANDHU: Sure, I will; thank you.
3452 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3453 MR.
SANDHU: My name is Prescott
Sandhu. To my left is Dr. Koshys and to
my right is Jagpal Dhaliwal. To his
right is Gordon Lee.
3454 Just
behind me is Ada Dhaliwal. Next to Ada
is Rehan Garstin and next to Rehan is Pastor Jaime.
3455 Sorry
about that.
3456 As
I was saying, Christian radio is new in Canada. The religious broadcasting policy which was started in 1983 was
revised in 1993, ten years later. With
the exception of one station across Canada ‑‑ we already are
in Newfoundland ‑‑ we didn't have any radio stations across
Canada. It was a total ban because
things were getting out of hand.
3457 A
lot of pastors, a lot of people didn't understand what their rights were and
they were infringing upon other people's rights.
3458 It
took a long time for radio and television to come back, especially in the
Christian media.
3459 Vision
TV was the first one that came back with a multicultural programming, and then
Concert Communications, Miracle Channel and of course the TV station that has
been sold right now, NOWTV.
3460 We
have roughly right now two dozen stations across Canada. Most of these stations are music stations in
Category 3, sub‑category 35.
Religious spoken word stations are very few.
3461 Our
application will be mainly music with 12 hours of religious programming. That religious programming will comprise of
mainly testimonies, scriptures and we will have a minimum of 14 groups and 19
languages. We have the capacity of
doing more, up to about 30 languages.
3462 Talk
Show will be the balancing focus of our spoken word, and we have allocated time
for that.
3463 This
station is actually going to be a complementary to those areas, because there
is no religious station here. Religious
values play an important role in the lives of many Canadians. Couples who want to get married want to get
married in a church. Funerals are
conducted in churches. Baptisms are
conducted in churches. But in between
that is a gap, a gap that is not being fulfilled.
3464 We
present this radio station where we can play that music and fill that gap and
help those families that are growing and help those children that are growing
and help those elders who have no way of listening to a radio of their choice.
3465 Christian
music has changed from traditional music, hymns, to praise and worship, to rap,
dance, Christian adult contemporary, kids' songs. If today you would walk in a church, you would be surprised that
there would be dancing to our music.
3466 It
is a new thing that is happening in churches.
Music is becoming part of their lifestyle. They want to sing it, they want to hear it and they will look for
anything to hear that.
3467 There
is only one station in Vancouver, not in this city but across the border, KLYN
Praise 106, that plays Christian music.
But they do not play ethnic Christian music.
3468 You
probably know about CHRI in Ottawa. You
have probably listened to that. That is
a Christian radio station. There are
lots of Christian radio stations on the Internet but nothing in this area to
service the ethnic people.
3469 I
will now give some of my time to the panel to say a few things.
3470 I
will turn it over to Jagpal Dhaliwal.
3471 MR.
DHALIWAL: Mr. Chairman and Members of
the Commission, my name is Jagpal Singh Dhaliwal, and I thank you for giving me
this opportunity.
3472 I
am pastoring a Punjabi Christian church in Surrey. My support is for the application by Newlife Communications.
3473 I
was doing a program on SCMO in Punjabi, Hindi and Urdu languages almost for a
year but not any more. Christian radio
is about choice, about freedom, human rights, diversity, moral and spiritual
values, a safe environment, information, contact and a friendly voice.
3474 Christian
radio will fill a gap in toady's radio market.
Christian radio is focused on person and community rather than on listener
numbers and profit.
3475 Over
the centuries followers of spiritual teachings have served many lands in many
ways with positive effect resulting from the combination of the practical and
spiritual, providing for the whole person, body, spirit and soul.
3476 Sadly
media often promotes negative thinking, discouragement, loneliness and
fear. That is why it is our privilege
to use our time, talents and resources to keep on focusing on peace, joy, love,
freedom and encouragement, which is desperately needed.
3477 Thank
you so much.
3478 MR.
LEE: Mr. Chairman, Members of the
Commission, I am Gordon Lee. I operate
an SCMO from Praise 106.5 over 20 months.
This channel is broadcasting Christian music and teachings in Mandarin
and Cantonese.
3479 I
am a member of Vancouver Pastoral Fellowship which contains a hundred churches,
Chinese churches, and over 30,000 congregation of Chinese.
3480 I
am a member of Emano(ph) Church. I am
also one of their translators to translate the Cantonese to Mandarin during the
Sunday service.
3481 Regarding
the SCMO, the sideband from Praise radio station, we have three producers that
live in Canada, in B.C. Two are from
Mainland China and one from Taiwan.
They are all well trained in their own original countries. One of these three has been working in a
Chinese station in Vancouver.
3482 We
produce an interview program locally.
3483 On
December 8, 2002, I organized nine hours non‑stop Christian concert. We have English, Cantonese, Mandarin,
Spanish, Korean, Filipinos. There is
about 1,500 attendance all from all different ethnic groups. I found that they have a great talent.
3484 Newlife
Communications, this FM station, will be the best platform for them.
3485 When
we are talking about the music, there is a song called "Amazing
Grace". I think many people in
this meeting hall will have heard of it.
This song is in English. The
writer wrote this song in a very depressed moment. But this song gave him a lot of comfort and also brought a lot of
comfort to millions and millions of people.
3486 Now
this song is now sung in many different languages like Chinese, Korean,
Punjabi, Russian, African and many more.
3487 Last
November I met a musician in Stanley Park.
He was Chinese. He is playing
the Christmas song with erh‑hu.
Erh‑hu is a Chinese instrument.
It is a different kind of representation, playing the Christian music.
3488 He
is a well‑trained musician who moved to Canada several years ago. His talents, there is no way to play. So we think this radio station will promote
the local talent.
3489 Thank
you.
3490 MR.
CAYETANO: Mr. Chairman and honourable
Members of the Commission, good afternoon.
3491 I
am Pastor Jaime Cayetano, a Filipino pastor.
The Church of Christian Celebration Fellowship, almost 95 per cent of
our members are Filipino and 100 per cent of them is from the Catholic groups.
3492 As
Filipino, our prayers and desire is to have a Christian Filipino radio program
or broadcast. Our concern, being a
pastor, almost every day I go around conducting bible study and visiting some
places and I have noticed that some of the new landed immigrants here from our
country don't understand and don't communicate in English.
3493 When
they arrive from our country, the Philippines, almost every day they will stay
home. When they open the radio or
television, they don't understand because most of the programs are English.
3494 Some
of them get homesick and they want to go back to their country. Most of their loved ones, they don't
concentrate their works. And because of
that our church, CCF, Christian Celebration Fellowship, I fully pledge our
support to this application for the Newlife Communications radio station to
reach more of our Filipino people in here, in this entire British Columbia.
3495 So
our prayer and desire is to have this station to bring more people rather than
to spend their time in bad things rather than the good things.
3496 I
thank you. God bless you all.
3497 MR.
GARSTIN: Mr. Chairman and Members of
the CRTC Committee, my name is Rehan Garstin.
I am a musician, a song writer, composer and record artist. During the past few years I have recorded
four Christian songs, albums in Hindi, Punjabi and Urdu languages, sung by
myself and a few other singers.
3498 In
the past I have also been producing a few radio programs for a sideband carrier
of Praise 106.5 FM in Punjabi, Hindi and Urdu languages.
3499 I
lead worship in the church in all these three languages on a regular basis, and
often I am invited to other local churches where I go and sing and lead the
worship in all these three languages.
3500 Presently
there is no radio station available for myself and many other artists,
Christian artists like me who could play their songs and music in their
respective languages.
3501 If
this application from Newlife Communications for an FM radio station is
accepted, many talented Christian men and women will get a chance to develop
their skills and share their talents with others.
3502 Thank
you.
3503 MR.
LeBEL: Excuse me. You have one minute to conclude your
presentation.
3504 MS
DHALIWAL: Mr. Chairman and Members of
the Commission, thank you for giving us this opportunity to speak on behalf of
the Newlife Communications.
3505 My
name is Ada Dhaliwal. I was born in
South America, Bolivia, and I am a graduate from the College of Media
Broadcasting and Social Communications.
I have 13 years of experience in radio programming. I have been hosting for a number of years
programs that will go directly to different people, youth, children, young
women.
3506 A
Christian radio is a very important gap to fulfil in this society, especially
when you hear the message in your own language. There is people who need a message from a different perspective,
a message that will bring peace to their busy minds, that will bring hope to
their hearts and that will fulfil all the needs that they have in the family
environment.
3507 At
the same time, the Hispanic community will be also educated through this
programming about the laws and also about the procedures in Canada to be better
citizens.
3508 The
Christian programming will also be able to reach out to young people with moral
and spiritual values. Integrity and
principles are very important these days.
So we need that information for the young people to go through this
programming and have a choice to listen to something different.
3509 Today,
unfortunately, we have a different message from TV and music, sending a message
that will bring bad behaviour for the young people, like hatred, crime and drug
addiction.
3510 The
Christian radio station wants to send a message based to making a difference in
this society.
3511 Thank
you.
3512 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
3513 Commissioner
Pennefather.
3514 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
3515 Good
afternoon, Madam Dhaliwal and gentlemen.
3516 I
will direct my questions to you, Mr. Sandhu, if that is all right with you, and
please feel free to call on your colleagues to answer any questions. I am going to ask you to respond to most of
them for me, because I understand that you and Mr. Larry Michiel, is it,
are the co‑owners.
3517 He
is not here, as I understand.
3518 MR.
SANDHU: No.
3519 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: What we will do first is
go through your programming proposal. I
need to clarify some details with you.
3520 You
started off your presentation this evening by in fact my very first question,
so we are on the same wavelength to a certain extent.
3521 Can
you clarify for us the percentage of music and the percentage of spoken word
programming on a weekly basis?
3522 MR.
SANDHU: The radio station is going to
produce 100 per cent music, other than the 12 hours of religious spoken word.
3523 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Are you saying that the
only spoken word on the station is religious programming?
3524 MR.
SANDHU: That's right. So 61 per cent of our commitment, which is
77 hours of the ethnic programming, will be mainly music, with very little
spoken word.
3525 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Mainly music.
3526 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3527 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: If there is some spoken
word, what would it be?
3528 MR.
SANDHU: It will be testimonies,
scripture readings and that will be very minimal. It is not going to take up a lot of those times.
3529 We
have added that religious spoken word, which is 12 hours, it amounts to about
10 per cent of our programming.
3530 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: We will get back to some
of the spoken word programming in a little more detail. But let's keep a bigger picture for the
moment.
3531 On
page 4 of your supplementary brief you describe your local programming. I wonder if you could expand on it a little
bit for us.
3532 MR.
SANDHU: That is No. 6?
3533 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: No. 5.
3534 MR.
SANDHU: No. 5?
3535 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Yes, under Diversity of
Voices, the second paragraph, local programming. Could you expand on it. I
think you were about to do so. Just
tell us a little bit more about the local programming, which I understand is
going to be 42 hours, as is standard.
3536 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3537 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Can you expand on your
description that you have there?
3538 MR.
SANDHU: Yes. Most of the local programming will be music and we will be
introducing the Christian music, whether it be Hindi, Mandarin, Cantonese. And all of that will be based on scriptural
verses to edify the music that we are presenting.
3539 What
happens there is say, for instance, there is a praise and worship song like our
brother Gordon said about "Amazing Grace", we will complement that
with some type of scripture reading to say that this is what God's amazing
grace is all about.
3540 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I see on page 7 of the
supplementary brief you talk about weather and news. Isn't weather and news going to be part of your program schedule
as well?
3541 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3542 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Can you tell us how many
hours per week there is of news programming?
3543 MR.
SANDHU: I think I scheduled roughly
about five minutes per slot of news, five times a day. That works out to be roughly about 120
minutes in the week.
3544 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: What language will this
news be?
3545 MR.
SANDHU: This will be in all languages. Most of the news will be done by us. We will not broadcast things that are not
Canadian content because the news that you get on the Internet or even on TV,
we have to be very discreet about it.
Because it is a Christian radio station, we want to inject Christian
news that will appeal to Christian listeners.
Our base concentration is Christian.
3546 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: What is the source of this
Christian news?
3547 MR.
SANDHU: There are all kinds of sources
of Christian news. We have TransWorld
Canada who does news across the country.
There is Voice Asia which is broadcasting out of Britain, Australia,
South Africa and India, and they have different kinds of news in different
languages.
3548 The
Chinese programming, they have different news in Asia that is available to us
through the Internet. So we will screen
that news. Seventh Day Adventist
provides news all over the world that we will screen them before we will
broadcast them.
3549 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Thank you for that
description, Mr. Sandhu, but I am also trying to get a little bit more
clarification on the amount of news.
3550 You
said that all your spoken word was religious programming and yet I see on your
schedule ‑‑ I am looking at the coloured schedule we have with
the application ‑‑ news in the English programming section,
news in the Chinese programming section.
3551 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3552 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I would assume that they
are not religious programming. Or are
you counting the news as religious programming then?
3553 MR.
SANDHU: Those news are going to be a
mix of news. They will be current
events that are happening in different countries. There will be local news that is happening in the community and
there will be news across North America that we could easily pick up on
different groups.
3554 This
news will be mixed. It will be mixed,
not necessarily Christian news but it will be a mixture between Christian news
with a Christian perspective.
3555 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I am still working on
understanding your programming approach.
If we go back to the local programming, apart from news you have your
sportscasting, weather, disc jockey programs.
3556 Again,
are those part of the 12 hours of religious programming?
3557 MR.
SANDHU: No, it is not.
3558 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: It is in addition.
3559 MR.
SANDHU: It will be in addition. Although it is slotted during those times,
we have available to us out of the total programming which is 12 hours
religious programming, 77 hours of ethnic programming. Then we have also 25 hours of English
programming.
3560 We
have a total of 114 hours of programming, which amounts to 90 per cent.
3561 So
we still have 10 per cent, which is roughly around 12 hours that we could use
on other things or other languages.
3562 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: We will get to the
breakdown of languages because you are here applying for commercial Christian
music ethnic stations. So I would like
to go through the basic questions about programming and then we will look at
the ethnic breakdown as well in your ethnic programming chart.
3563 Once
again just to try to understand the local programming which you describe, we
have 12 hours of religious, and then you have another number of hours which
will comprise the news, weather, sports type programming?
3564 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3565 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: At the end of this
discussion we may have some points which will require further clarification.
3566 Let's
stay with that description of local programming.
3567 You
say in that same paragraph on page 4 with reference to the application you will
not be in competition because the evening for music. Evening hours will be geared towards the English speaking
Christian and non‑Christian youth.
3568 If
you are not in competition, what kind of music are we talking about here? What is the format?
3569 MR.
SANDHU: The music will be strictly
youth music. They are more into rap,
heavy metal stuff, and they are all Christians. Christian music has really diversified itself.
3570 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: So the music that you are
talking about, which you said earlier in your presentation, you confirmed that
it would be Category 3, sub‑category 35, non‑classic religious
music?
3571 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3572 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: When you say that you will
be geared towards English speaking Christian and non‑Christian use, what
does that mean? How do you make that
difference?
3573 MR.
SANDHU: Our programming is all geared
to Christian people. If you would take
a normal mainstream radio station, you will hear a lot of Christian songs by
Christian artists and the listeners do not know the difference. They do not know that these are Christian
songs.
3574 Take,
for instance, Rachael Lampa. Rachael
Lampa songs are on the Top 40 chart.
Jaci Velasquez is another one.
She is on the Top 40 chart.
3575 These
are Christian artists that have Top 40 charts on secular radio stations. What we will be doing is using the same
Christian songs that are available on the secular radio station. We are promoting that. And those people who are listening to the
station will identify those songs, not because it is a Christian radio station
but because it is a song they identify with.
3576 Those
listeners are sampling our radio station to listen to those songs, and they are
non‑Christian mostly.
3577 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: On that same point, you
say that the evening periods will be
English hours, English‑speaking Christian and non‑Christian
youth. But on the schedule I only see
English Top 20 hits and English Youth Sound of Light on Friday evenings from
10:00 to midnight and on Saturday.
3578 It
is only two evenings a week. Is that
correct?
3579 MR.
SANDHU: That is correct.
3580 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: To kind of relate the
narrative with the schedule, we should take this as the schedule that you are
planning?
3581 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3582 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let's go now to where you
had started down the road of the ethnic side of your application.
3583 As
you say, you are a Christian music station but your focus is on ethnic
programming. You have a 61 per cent
ethnic programming commitment and a 55 per cent third language commitment.
3584 Is
that correct?
3585 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3586 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I think we have to be
clear. I am looking at the chart that
came with the December 6th deficiency, not the one that was with the
application.
3587 I
think you probably have it in front of you, just so that we are up to speed.
3588 When
you submitted that chart in the December 6th deficiency, you talked about that
chart ‑‑ I'm sorry, it is in the December 11th deficiency, at
page 3. You went on to discuss what you
mentioned again this evening: 14 groups in 19 languages.
3589 But
then you have added German, Swahili and Italian, but they are not on the chart.
3590 So
we may need to look at the chart again and see if that addition which you
mentioned in the December 11th deficiency, I believe on page 3:
"With the addition of German,
Swahili and Italian we now have 19 languages."
3591 If
this is the definitive chart of 19, German, Swahili and Italian are not there.
3592 Could
you explain that?
3593 MR.
SANDHU: Yes. The program schedule only shows 16 languages. With the addition of those three languages,
we have available time slots.
3594 For
instance, on Mondays and Tuesdays, from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m., there are
available time slots.
3595 On
Saturdays and Sundays, we have available time slots from 12:00 to 1 o'clock.
3596 And
we have also available time slots on Sunday evening.
3597 So
there are available time slots for us to ‑‑
3598 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I understand the time
slots in the schedule. I can see where
you might want to slot them in, to use your term. But I am actually talking about the ethnic chart which came on
the back of the schedule with your December 6th deficiency, where you tell us
the numbers of hours for languages and the numbers of hours for ethnic groups
and the percentage of the total programming.
3599 Do
you have that?
3600 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I think I understand which
chart you are referring to now.
3601 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: It came with the
deficiency response of December 6th.
3602 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I do have that.
3603 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: If we look at this with
that chart, not the schedule, when we look at your later response to
deficiencies where you add those three languages, German, Swahili and Italian,
and say we now have 19 languages, what I think is the bottom line is whether we
have now changed the 61 per cent and the 55 per cent.
3604 If
you wanted to have a look at that and submit a revised chart, that would be
fine.
3605 It
is a little confusing as to where we actually end up and if in fact you have
changed the 61 per cent and the 55 per cent.
3606 MR.
SANDHU: The three languages that were
added there, if you look at the chart, starting from Mandarin and Cantonese,
then down at the bottom there is 11 hours that is "Other". And those ‑‑
3607 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: It is under the
"Other"?
3608 MR.
SANDHU: Yes. That will be slotted in there.
3609 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Okay. You feel that what we have here as the chart
reflects what your final commitment will be?
3610 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3611 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: With that in mind ‑‑
and I am sure you have been here during the other interviews with other
applicants.
3612 I
would like to clarify that with this in mind and the fact that you are in a
competitive hearing here for ethnic services, we may wish to impose on you
conditions of licence related to your proposed levels of ethnic and third
language programming.
3613 In
your case we would have 61 per cent ethnic programming and at least 55 per cent
third language programming each week.
3614 Would
you be willing to adhere to these weekly levels as conditions of licence?
3615 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we do.
3616 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Additionally, would you be
prepared to accept a condition of licence that is reflective of the ethnic
programming contained in your application for service to the predominant
languages listed, which means 24 per cent of all ethnic broadcasting each week
would be directed in the Chinese, Punjabi and Hindi languages.
3617 Would
you agree to that as a condition of licence?
3618 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we do.
3619 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Would you care to comment
on any other condition of licence that would serve to maintain the ethnic
programming service that you are proposing, the component of the service which
is ethnic?
3620 Can
you think of any other condition?
3621 I
know you have committed in your application to ethnic music level of 10 per
cent, but is there anything else that you can suggest to us?
3622 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we will commit to that 10
per cent although the requirement is 7 per cent.
3623 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Exactly.
3624 MR.
SANDHU: We will commit to that.
3625 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Yes, I saw that.
3626 MR.
SANDHU: I have nothing more that I
could commit to.
3627 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: All right.
3628 Let
me go on now to another area.
3629 You
mentioned when you were speaking to us earlier about your experience in
broadcasting. I take it you are referring
to the Prince Rupert station?
3630 I
have that licence decision with me here.
3631 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, ma'am.
3632 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: The questions I am going
to ask you now relate to comments from page 7 of your supplementary brief, at
paragraph 11, where you discuss student work and experience and training.
3633 It
is a short paragraph. I don't know if
you really need to look at it. I am
sure if you are experienced in broadcasting you will be able to answer the
questions.
3634 Could
you provide us with more details on the training of staff. What do you have in mind there?
3635 MR.
SANDHU: Basically what we have done in
Prince Rupert was we have encouraged schools to send us students for work
experience. During the work experience
I have trained several students as part of their curriculum to give them a
hands‑on training.
3636 What
I do is first I screen them. I bring
them to the station and I screen them, see their capabilities, see whether they
have any experience. Then I will put
them in a room and basically get out of the room, not looking at them, just
listen to their voice and see whether they are capable of doing some kind of
broadcasting.
3637 I
would give them something to read and give them some examples of what they hear
on the radio station. From there I pick
the students and train them through the various processes, telling them about
the policies of the station, the policies of the CRTC, teach them about the
equipment.
3638 Also,
I will give them an overview of what is expected from them when they are on the
air.
3639 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: We are talking about
volunteers here?
3640 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, mainly volunteers.
3641 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: How many paid staff would
you predict having and how many volunteers do you intend to have? What is the balance there?
3642 MR.
SANDHU: With the main languages, that
is Hindi, Punjabi, Mandarin, Cantonese and all that, we will be having paid
staff on those programs. We expect
probably two and two on those main languages, and the others will be
volunteers. Eventually as the revenue
becomes feasible, we will have part‑timers to do that and also stay on as
staff.
3643 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I assume your financials
are based on a certain number of paid staff?
3644 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3645 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Will they be responsible
for producing the programming? And if
so, which programs will they produce?
3646 Which
programs will you produce in‑house?
3647 MR.
SANDHU: We will be producing actually
all of the programming in‑house.
The problem arises when we produce a program, it is very hard to get
people to come in at a certain time to be on‑air live. So we will be producing those programs ahead
of time. It could be produced say a
week ahead of time except for the news part of it. The rest of it could be produced ahead of time, and it will be
slotted.
3648 The
news could be slotted later on through Internet. They could send the news through Internet to us and they will be
paid for their time.
3649 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let's go back to the fact
that this is mostly a music station.
3650 Will
you have staff to produce the music programs?
3651 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3652 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: How many staff will you
have?
3653 MR.
SANDHU: We anticipate around four.
3654 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: How will this staff be
representative of the target ethnic communities you propose to serve?
3655 MR.
SANDHU: That's a good question. I never thought of that.
3656 I
would base that on the fact that the staff will be well knowledged in that kind
of programming. We have some examples
of people on our panel here who have experience in that kind of programming.
3657 Christian
ethnic radio station is very new in Canada.
In fact, I haven't seen one on the CRTC that has been approved yet. So this will be a model that we will be
working with to start something that we haven't done before.
3658 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let me ask the question a
different way. You understand well the
ethnic policy?
3659 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I do.
3660 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: And you understand that we
expect a great deal of the ethnic producers in terms of community reflection?
3661 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3662 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: To ensure that your
programs reflect the local community, how will you go about doing that?
3663 You
said you were not sure about staff.
What about the programming? How
will you make sure that it reflects local interests?
3664 Can
you expand a bit on that?
3665 MR.
SANDHU: The ethnic community in
Vancouver is quite large, and the Christian community is anywhere from 10 per
cent and up. So basically we will have
local issues that we will be dealing with from those ethnic communities.
3666 They
represent a lot of churches. So we will
have input from them.
3667 We
have connection with a lot of pastors that will be talking to their members,
with concerns about their type of programming.
And we will develop that kind of programming so that it will meet their
needs.
3668 Everything
is going to be done locally, but we have to have that consultation with those
groups. We will call meetings and say
okay, this is what we are doing about this programming. What do you feel is more appealing to the
people?
3669 We
will get input from them and through that input and the feedback, that is how
we will do the programming.
3670 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I appreciate that. That is one way. And I am going to get your Regulatory Advisory Review Committee
now in terms of input.
3671 You
describe this committee on page 6 of your December 6th deficiency response.
3672 Before
I do that, I want to make sure I have understood that if you have four staff
members, will those four staff members have broadcasting experience?
3673 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, they will.
3674 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: With volunteers, you
understand turnover is sometimes a problem.
How will you deal with that?
3675 MR.
SANDHU: It is a big problem with
volunteers. I experience that all the
time. When you need them, they are not
there.
3676 That
has been a tremendous challenge when I was running the station in Prince
Rupert. What we do is we try and get
pre‑done programs from volunteers so that if by some chance they don't
show up, we have that program to slot in.
That is how we kind of meet those needs.
3677 It
is a very difficult position for a Christian radio station, because a Christian
radio station doesn't have a big audience.
It has a substantial amount of audience but it doesn't have a big
audience.
3678 People
tend to tune the radio station out if it is not to their taste. So we have to be very careful of how we
regulate the volunteers.
3679 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let's get to the
Regulatory Advisory Review Committee.
You have quite a thorough description here.
3680 It
is a seven‑member committee.
Correct?
3681 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3682 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: What criteria do you use
in selecting the committee members?
3683 MR.
SANDHU: Most of the people that we
would select will be representative of the church. They could be elders.
They could be pastors. They have
to be leaders in their own groups.
3684 Basically
what we will do is we will have ‑‑ say, for instance, we have
the Chinese group. We will put an
announcement out to the Chinese community to all the churches ‑‑
there's 110 churches ‑‑ that we are in the position of
selecting a group for the panel, for the advisory committee.
3685 They
will nominate those people. We will get
a description of what their strengths are, who they are and what they do. From there we could select the right people.
3686 Also
through those nominations we will be able to know which will be the right
people for that choice.
3687 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I will come back to the
committee in one moment.
3688 We
talked about the Ethnic Broadcasting Policy and you understand that
policy. We talked about it in terms of
local reflection and your commitments to the ethnic groups and languages.
3689 Now
we are going to talk about the Religious Programming Policy, because you are
applying as a Christian music station.
You did mention the policy in your remarks. You seem to be familiar with it.
3690 The
area I would like to talk about is balanced programming.
3691 The
policy, as you know, states that the stations which broadcast religious
programming have an obligation to offer different views on matters of general
public concern. As you know, this is a
fundamental requirement of the policy.
3692 We
expect applicants to provide details on how you intend to ensure balance in
your programming and how you would respond to complaints from the public
because of lack of balance.
3693 Let's
start with the details of how you intend to ensure balance in programming.
3694 I
will start with the fact that in your application, again the December 6th
deficiency letter, you refer to your 12 hours of spoken word. I think for the purposes of the discussion
the 12 hours is 12 hours of religious programming.
3695 You
say:
"We will provide 1.5 hours
weekly that represents differing views on religion and matters of
concern."
3696 Let's
go back and see why you feel 1.5 hours meets the requirements of the religious
policy, and in so doing I would like to ask you: For that 1.5 hours, which groups have you approached already to
offer balanced programming?
3697 MR.
SANDHU: I have not approached any
groups at this point in time, the reason being that they have told me when you
get the licence, then we will talk about it.
It is like when you go to these people, they ask you: "Well, you don't have a licence yet so
why are you asking me?"
3698 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: What people are you
referring to, for example?
3699 MR.
SANDHU: For instance, the Sikh people
from the Punjabi faith. I have talked
to the other people from the Muslim faith and they have said: "Well, when you get the licence, we
will be ready." And even the
Jewish people they have said.
3700 But
one of the ways I have ensured balancing in CIAJ is they have World Religion
Day every year around February, Valentine's Day. What I do is I go there, sit with them, talk with them, and ask
them to come to the station and we have a panel discussion and we do balancing
that way.
3701 I
also give them the opportunity to come over and say their views, or whether it
is on tape or whether they would like to come and say it on the air. I have interviewed a lot of those priests or
pastors or ministers. It goes on a
rotation basis.
3702 If
I have 20 churches, I will rotate them and say this is your time, the
opportunity for you to come and work with us and give us your views, whether
they are Bahais or Muslims or JWs or whatever.
3703 One
of the problems I have with Jehovah Witnesses is they would not come to the
station. They said: "No, we wouldn't take the
time." I said: "Well, you come to my door. Why don't you come and talk about it. Why not?" And they say: "Well,
because our policy is that Watchtower in New York would not let us talk about
it."
3704 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let's talk about your
concrete proposal here in the application.
What I want to do is for you to describe the programming where you would
have balance.
3705 I
see the 1.5 hours: Other Faith Talk Balancing.
Right?
3706 It
is Wednesday from 8:00 to 10:00?
3707 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3708 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I see Talk Show is from
6:00 to 7:00, five days a week. We are
coming close to our 12 hours of religious programming.
3709 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3710 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: So I am making the
assumption ‑‑ and correct me if I am wrong ‑‑
that the religious programming is talk shows.
3711 MR.
SANDHU: It will be part of it.
3712 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: I saw the list in your
deficiency response: Interview and Talk Programs, Interactive Open Line,
Multifaith News, and so on.
3713 If
we focus on the talk shows for the moment, apart from the Other Faith Talk
Balancing from 8:00 to 10:00 on Wednesday, how would you assure balanced
programming in the Talk Show from Monday to Friday from 6:00 to 7:00?
3714 MR.
SANDHU: Well, some of it could be done
through a panel or call‑in shows.
We will talk about an issue like, for instance, marriage. This is a big issue right now in Canada. We will talk about it and we will have a
panel of people at the station. They
could be from the Jewish faith. They
could be from the Muslim faith. They
could be from the Sikh faith or any faith that are willing to say we want to
talk about this.
3715 We
will also invite the other parties who are opposing marriage, who are accepting
same‑sex marriage. We will have
them come up, if they have anything to say.
If at the Talk Show they do have something to say, then it will be
addressed at that time.
3716 That
is how we ensure that we are providing the balancing, not only during the
period of Wednesday, but also during the Talk Show. We want to give as much balancing as possible to the public.
3717 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: How will you handle
complaints or requests from the public for equal air time? How would you approach that?
3718 MR.
SANDHU: I have had complaints in the
radio station in Prince Rupert. I had a
case where one gentleman told me that one of the programs that he was listening
to was bashing the Catholic people. He
told me: "Have you listened to that program?" I said I had not because it was on Sunday
and I was out at church.
3719 What
happened was the next Sunday I said well, that program is come on and I will be
happy to address that with you. I said
I have not listened to it yet because I have been doing some other work, but I
did sample some of this programming on the CD to find out what it was all
about.
3720 So
that Sunday when it came, I was at the station. I was listening to the program.
Five minutes into that program I received a call. And true enough, this gentleman phoned me
and said: "Have you listened to
that program?" I said: "Yes, I have." I said:
"Which part of it do you find offensive?" He said:
"Well, everything that he talks about Catholic people is offensive." I said:
"You know what, I couldn't disagree with you more. I know he is bashing the Catholics."
3721 This
was an Evangelical pastor who was bashing the Catholics at the time. It was part of his, I would say, month where
they are dealing with different religions or different faiths.
3722 But
it was offensive. It was not good. So at that time I put in a CD, a Christian
song, and took that program off the air immediately and slotted the next batch
into that program and carried on with our ongoing programs.
3723 I
handled that complaint very well, because the gentleman came back to me and he
said: "I'm glad that you did that
because we were about to launch a complaint." And I said: "I thank you for bringing it to our
attention."
3724 Basically
I did talk to the program producer and cautioned him. He was producing this program from Surrey. I told him about what had happened and I
said: "I'm giving you the first
warning. If I hear your next
programming is on the same line, it will not be aired."
3725 They
were paying us $25 for that time slot.
He said: "But we are paying
you." I said: "It doesn't matter. Our licence is more important than your
program."
3726 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: At the station in Prince
Rupert, CIAJ, you have open line talk shows as well?
3727 MR.
SANDHU: We did have open line talk
shows, and now we are putting programs that do the balancing there.
3728 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: For this application do
you have some specific guidelines that you would use for this kind of ‑‑
3729 MR.
SANDHU: The basic guidelines will be
the Religious Broadcasting Policy.
Everybody will be given that Religious Broadcasting Policy. They will be given an affidavit or promise
that they will not violate that policy.
3730 It
is very clear in that Religious Broadcasting Policy that there is no such thing
as bashing another person. There is no
such thing of picking on a minority race, or anybody for that matter. It is very clear in the policy.
3731 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Thank you, Mr. Sandhu, for
that.
3732 I
am going to go on to a couple of last areas, basically clarification.
3733 First,
Canadian Talent Development. In your
letter of December 13th you explained to us why you have changed your
commitment. It is now $10,000 a year
each year for seven years, plus $3,000 in years 5, 6 and 7, for a total of
$79,000.
3734 I
think that is correct?
3735 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3736 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: As such, you have decided
not to participate in the CAB plan that is going forward.
3737 Could
you explain quickly your rationale for the $10,000 in this circumstance?
3738 MR.
SANDHU: Yes. I have talked to the senior analyst in CRTC, Bernie
McDonald. Bernie advised me that if I
feel we are not reaching the amount of population that is in Vancouver, I felt
justified that I should approach the Commission to reduce that.
3739 The
reason is we will now go from a major market to a large market. So that was my argument on that.
3740 If
the Commission feels that this a justifiable condition, I will be very happy.
3741 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: You have that in your
letter of December 13th. So we have
that on file. That is fine.
3742 On
that $10,000, there is only one question on one of the projects resubmitted
again with your new amounts.
3743 I
am looking at page 2 of the December 13th letter: the Canadian Multicultural
Music Talent Search Contest.
3744 Here
you have a judge's honorarium for $600 and recording studio, $2,400. I want to point out here that it is normally
the judge's honorarium would not be considered a CTD, Canadian Talent
Development direct expenditure.
3745 And
the $2,400, would the recording studio be a third party recording studio? Is the recording studio mentioned here yours
or is it a third party studio?
3746 MR.
SANDHU: It will be a third party
studio.
3747 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: That is what we needed
confirmed.
3748 MR.
SANDHU: What we will do with the judges
is we will use that probably for directing it to the winners in some form.
3749 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: So you would redirect it,
then.
3750 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3751 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Let me move on now to some
financial questions.
3752 I
want to get a little more insight into how you determined the categories and
different sources of revenues.
3753 I
think you know that you answered these questions in your deficiency letter of
December 6th. You note that
approximately 10 per cent, or just over $15,000 of your projected revenue, will
be as a result of repatriation of advertising currently spent on the U.S.
Christian station KLYN‑FM.
3754 Could
you give us a sense of your specific strategy to repatriate this revenue?
3755 MR.
SANDHU: They are broadcasting English
programming, and will be also broadcasting English programming during the
morning hours.
3756 I
talked to Merve Mikley and he gave me the projection of how much they were
getting. He sent me a fax letter, in
fact, and it was $139,000 U.S. that he is getting from Canada.
3757 We
did talk about the revenues that they are getting. Basically, we felt that some of the revenues that they are
getting from the $139,000 U.S. will be something they will lose, at 10 per
cent. He agreed with me that that is
something that could happen, not necessarily that it will happen.
3758 So
we projected that they will lose 10 per cent of their revenue.
3759 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: It is just a question of
the different availability? It is not a
specific strategy on your side. It is just
the fact that there is now a Canadian option.
Is that it?
3760 MR.
SANDHU: That's right.
3761 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: On the same sources of
revenue list you have another 10 per cent Other Media. Could you give us some examples of the kind
of other media you are talking about?
3762 You
have 10 per cent from the U.S. based Christian station; Other Media, 10; Budget
Increase of Existing Radio Advertisers and New Advertisers.
3763 What
is that other 10 per cent? Can you give
us an idea?
3764 MR.
SANDHU: The other media will be
newspapers that people would rather advertise on their radio station. That is other media that I am talking about.
3765 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Thank you for that.
3766 On
page 3 of your supplementary brief, at the very bottom of the page, you say:
"Our proposal for commercials
is a maximum of six minutes per hour during the mornings and evenings, to a
total of 500 minutes per week."
3767 This
is in effect saying you will limit yourself to a maximum of six minutes.
3768 Could
you tell us which hours in the morning and evening schedule this limitation
would apply to?
3769 MR.
SANDHU: That will be the English
programming.
3770 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: So The Morning Show from
6:00 to 9:00.
3771 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, it is.
3772 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Anything in the evening,
or just the morning?
3773 MR.
SANDHU: Just morning. We won't be getting some revenue on some of
the programming when it comes to ethnic programming because it is a giveaway
for us to serve the community.
3774 Basically
what we are asking is that we can increase from four minutes to six minutes,
that will help us to offset the non‑revenue that we will not get on other
programming.
3775 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: All right.
3776 If
the Commission so wished, would you be prepared to have this limitation as a
condition of licence?
3777 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we would.
3778 COMMISSIONER
PENNEFATHER: Those are my questions,
Mr. Chairman.
3779 Thank
you very much for your responses.
3780 MR.
SANDHU: Thank you very much.
3781 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Mr. Sandhu, I notice on
your chart that you have four hours of what you refer to on your schedule as
Jewish Messianic programming and then on your ethnic programming chart you
refer to it as Hebrew and Messianic.
3782 Then
you indicate that it is Jews that are the ethnic group to which you are
directing it.
3783 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3784 THE
CHAIRPERSON: What is the nature of that
programming?
3785 MR.
SANDHU: Most of the Messianic
programming is a mixture of English and Hebrew. That is more they say it is a Messianic type of programming.
3786 It
has the basic tune of the Jewish traditional instruments, but they are sung in
mixture with English. It is a kind of
praise and worship kind of songs.
That's what it is.
3787 Hebrew
Messianic and Jewish Messianic is the same thing. Maybe I have over‑clarified myself.
3788 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Who is the source of this
programming?
3789 MR.
SANDHU: Who is...?
3790 THE
CHAIRPERSON: The source of this
programming.
3791 MR.
SANDHU: We will be bringing those
programs actually from the United States.
There are some Jewish people who do have that kind of programming here
in Canada itself. We will be using that
programming from them.
3792 We
will meet the requirements of 10 per cent of local talent here.
3793 There
is a lot of programming available locally with the Jewish people.
3794 THE
CHAIRPERSON: It is the Messianic word
that I am wondering about. The Jewish
part I understand. It is the Messianic.
3795 MR.
SANDHU: The Messianic word is
simple. The Jewish people who are safe
through their faith in Jesus.
3796 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Through their faith in...?
3797 MR.
SANDHU: In Jesus Christ.
3798 THE
CHAIRPERSON: That's contradictory.
3799 Do
you have the religious policy there?
3800 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I do.
3801 THE
CHAIRPERSON: In what form do you have
it, the CRTC's religious policy?
3802 MR.
SANDHU: It is right here.
3803 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Can you go to the section
that says "Guidelines on Ethics for Religious Programming", Part 4.
3804 MR.
SANDHU: It talks about basic cables,
ownership. Okay.
3805 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Do you have that?
3806 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I do.
3807 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Go down to "Programming
Practices".
3808 MR.
SANDHU: Yes.
3809 THE
CHAIRPERSON: What does No. 2 say?
3810 MR.
SANDHU: "No group shall be
targeted for the purpose of
conversion or proselytism."
3811 We
are not converting anybody. There is no
way I can convert anybody to songs.
These are Jewish Christians who will listen to their own kind of music.
3812 THE
CHAIRPERSON: I see. I guess it is the characterization and
description of it that needs changing.
3813 This
is really Jews for Jesus kind of program.
3814 MR.
SANDHU: That's right. They are Jewish Christians, just like I am
an Indian. I am a Sikh Christian. I don't practise the Sikh faith although I
was born in a Sikh religion. I choose
to practise Christianity.
3815 THE
CHAIRPERSON: So you have been
converted.
3816 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I have been ‑‑
but not through the radio.
‑‑‑ Laughter /
Rires
3817 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Fair enough. I suggest, though, that on closer inspection
you may well find that there is a component of the programming of those groups
that will possibly conflict with this Section 2 of "Programming
Practices", if you look at it a little more closely.
3818 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, I do understand that.
3819 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you very much.
3820 MR.
SANDHU: Thank you.
3821 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Commissioner Langford.
3822 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: As I listened to you
describing to Commissioner Pennefather how you solved your problem and you
missed the first program because you were at church, which is about as good an
excuse as you can get, I suppose, but then you went and listened to the second
one and the guy phoned and he was unhappy again.
3823 What
I wondered is why you are not prescreening these programs.
3824 Why
are the people who are actually sending the programs into the livingrooms of
the nation as surprised to hear what is being said on them as those sitting in
the livingrooms?
3825 Wouldn't
it make sense to put the CD on the day before and give it a run through, to
make sure there is nothing offensive in it?
Or am I giving you too big a workload?
3826 I
don't quite understand why you would just take the CD and bung it onto the old
CD player and let her go and not know what is going to come out of the
speakers. It seems worrisome to me.
3827 MR.
SANDHU: We have the advisory committee
who does a lot of the screening. They
sample the programs prior to them being put on, but they cannot sample every
program.
3828 We
do take the program producers and we screen them thoroughly so that they
understand what they are doing and what they should be doing. If they miss the point and if their
traditional values are bashing somebody else, then I think they are wrong.
3829 We
cannot screen everything, but we do screen 90 per cent of the stuff before it
goes on the air.
3830 There
is maybe 10 per cent that slips by. If
that happens, we do get complaints.
That is part of radio. We get
complaints about everybody, including the CBC we get complaints about.
3831 We
do our best to screen those people prior to even putting them on our program
schedule.
3832 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: But the fact of the matter is
that at least some of your program is just going out, if you will excuse the
expression, on an act of faith. You
simply don't know what is on that CD when you press the play button.
3833 MR.
SANDHU: In the four years of my running
the station, we had that one complaint.
And the other was a difference of opinion about how they view Mary and
God. But that was all.
3834 We
didn't have any complaints at all. We
had screened those programs very carefully and we make sure that there is
nothing that is going to be against that policy or even proselytism efforts
that would be on the air.
3835 Or
even dealing with funds, the way they solicit those funds, we are very careful.
3836 Gone
are those days that Domesday thing is on the air. There is no more of that stuff.
3837 Well,
you still find it on the TV. I am
surprised but it happens all the time.
The block or the cable people that bring those programs into Canada have
not screened those programs either.
3838 But
we do a thorough job of screening it prior to going to the air.
3839 COMMISSIONER
LANGFORD: Thank you very much.
3840 That
is my question, Mr. Chairman.
3841 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3842 Counsel?
3843 Me
STEWART: Merci, Monsieur le Président.
3844 I
have just one quick question.
3845 Will
your advisory committee consist of people of the Christian faith or will there
also be represented on it persons who are not of the Christian faith?
3846 MR.
SANDHU: We propose seven on our
committee. It could be more. One of them will be of non‑Christian
faith, and the reason is to give the balance to those other faiths.
3847 We
will go on a rotation basis to select those people.
3848 The
mandate is to have a committee for two years and then rotate them every other
year. That way we will have
representation from other faiths.
3849 If
there is a faith group, say the Bahai faith feel that they are not represented
and they say "well, can we sit on the committee?", sure they are
welcome to come and sit on the committee and give their opinions on that. We welcome that.
3850 So
our minimum is seven people on the committee.
3851 MR.
STEWART: But you could see more than
one person of non‑Christian faith being represented on that committee?
3852 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we could. We could see more than that, probably two or
three. But we will limit ourselves to
at least two.
3853 MR.
STEWART: Thank you very much.
3854 Thank
you, Mr. Chairman.
3855 THE
CHAIRPERSON: If we did decide to
license you, I am wondering whether you would be prepared to accept as a
condition of licence that you accept the contents of the religious policy that
the CRTC has issued?
3856 MR.
SANDHU: Yes, we will.
3857 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Thank you.
3858 MR.
SANDHU: Thank you.
3859 THE
CHAIRPERSON: Those are our
questions. We will adjourn now until 9
o'clock tomorrow morning, when we will begin Phase II.
3860 Nous
reprendrons à 9 h 00 demain matin.
‑‑‑ Whereupon the
hearing adjourned at 1810, to resume
on Wednesday, March 2, 2005 at 0900 / L'audience
est ajournée à 1810 pour reprendre le mercredi
2 mars 2005 à 0900
- Date de modification :